* bfd-in.h (STRING_AND_COMMA): New macro. Takes one constant string as its
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / bfd / elf.c
1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
2
3 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
4 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5
6 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7
8 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
12
13 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
17
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
21
22 /*
23 SECTION
24 ELF backends
25
26 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
27 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
28 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
29
30 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
31 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
32 haven't bothered yet. */
33
34 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
35 #define _SYSCALL32
36 #include "bfd.h"
37 #include "sysdep.h"
38 #include "bfdlink.h"
39 #include "libbfd.h"
40 #define ARCH_SIZE 0
41 #include "elf-bfd.h"
42 #include "libiberty.h"
43
44 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
45 static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *);
46 static bfd_boolean prep_headers (bfd *);
47 static bfd_boolean swap_out_syms (bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash **, int) ;
48 static bfd_boolean elfcore_read_notes (bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type) ;
49
50 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
51 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
52 need to move into elfcode.h. */
53
54 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
55
56 void
57 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd *abfd,
58 const Elf_External_Verdef *src,
59 Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst)
60 {
61 dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version);
62 dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags);
63 dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx);
64 dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt);
65 dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash);
66 dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux);
67 dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next);
68 }
69
70 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
71
72 void
73 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd *abfd,
74 const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src,
75 Elf_External_Verdef *dst)
76 {
77 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version);
78 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags);
79 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx);
80 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt);
81 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash);
82 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux);
83 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next);
84 }
85
86 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
87
88 void
89 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd *abfd,
90 const Elf_External_Verdaux *src,
91 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst)
92 {
93 dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name);
94 dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next);
95 }
96
97 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
98
99 void
100 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd *abfd,
101 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src,
102 Elf_External_Verdaux *dst)
103 {
104 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name);
105 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next);
106 }
107
108 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
109
110 void
111 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd *abfd,
112 const Elf_External_Verneed *src,
113 Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst)
114 {
115 dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version);
116 dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt);
117 dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file);
118 dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux);
119 dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next);
120 }
121
122 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
123
124 void
125 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd *abfd,
126 const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src,
127 Elf_External_Verneed *dst)
128 {
129 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version);
130 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt);
131 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file);
132 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux);
133 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next);
134 }
135
136 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
137
138 void
139 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd *abfd,
140 const Elf_External_Vernaux *src,
141 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst)
142 {
143 dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash);
144 dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags);
145 dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other);
146 dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name);
147 dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next);
148 }
149
150 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
151
152 void
153 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd *abfd,
154 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src,
155 Elf_External_Vernaux *dst)
156 {
157 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash);
158 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags);
159 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other);
160 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name);
161 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next);
162 }
163
164 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
165
166 void
167 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd *abfd,
168 const Elf_External_Versym *src,
169 Elf_Internal_Versym *dst)
170 {
171 dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers);
172 }
173
174 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
175
176 void
177 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd *abfd,
178 const Elf_Internal_Versym *src,
179 Elf_External_Versym *dst)
180 {
181 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers);
182 }
183
184 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
185 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
186
187 unsigned long
188 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg)
189 {
190 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
191 unsigned long h = 0;
192 unsigned long g;
193 int ch;
194
195 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
196 {
197 h = (h << 4) + ch;
198 if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0)
199 {
200 h ^= g >> 24;
201 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
202 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
203 h ^= g;
204 }
205 }
206 return h & 0xffffffff;
207 }
208
209 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
210 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
211
212 unsigned long
213 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg)
214 {
215 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
216 unsigned long h = 5381;
217 unsigned char ch;
218
219 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
220 h = (h << 5) + h + ch;
221 return h & 0xffffffff;
222 }
223
224 bfd_boolean
225 bfd_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
226 {
227 if (abfd->tdata.any == NULL)
228 {
229 abfd->tdata.any = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata));
230 if (abfd->tdata.any == NULL)
231 return FALSE;
232 }
233
234 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = (bfd_size_type) -1;
235
236 return TRUE;
237 }
238
239 bfd_boolean
240 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd *abfd)
241 {
242 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
243 return bfd_elf_mkobject (abfd);
244 }
245
246 char *
247 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
248 {
249 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
250 bfd_byte *shstrtab = NULL;
251 file_ptr offset;
252 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize;
253
254 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
255 if (i_shdrp == 0 || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0)
256 return NULL;
257
258 shstrtab = i_shdrp[shindex]->contents;
259 if (shstrtab == NULL)
260 {
261 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
262 offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset;
263 shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size;
264
265 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
266 in case the string table is not terminated. */
267 if (shstrtabsize + 1 == 0
268 || (shstrtab = bfd_alloc (abfd, shstrtabsize + 1)) == NULL
269 || bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
270 shstrtab = NULL;
271 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab, shstrtabsize, abfd) != shstrtabsize)
272 {
273 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
274 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated);
275 shstrtab = NULL;
276 }
277 else
278 shstrtab[shstrtabsize] = '\0';
279 i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = shstrtab;
280 }
281 return (char *) shstrtab;
282 }
283
284 char *
285 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd *abfd,
286 unsigned int shindex,
287 unsigned int strindex)
288 {
289 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
290
291 if (strindex == 0)
292 return "";
293
294 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
295
296 if (hdr->contents == NULL
297 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL)
298 return NULL;
299
300 if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size)
301 {
302 unsigned int shstrndx = elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx;
303 (*_bfd_error_handler)
304 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
305 abfd, strindex, (unsigned long) hdr->sh_size,
306 (shindex == shstrndx && strindex == hdr->sh_name
307 ? ".shstrtab"
308 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shstrndx, hdr->sh_name)));
309 return "";
310 }
311
312 return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex;
313 }
314
315 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
316 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
317 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
318 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
319 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively. */
320
321 Elf_Internal_Sym *
322 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd *ibfd,
323 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
324 size_t symcount,
325 size_t symoffset,
326 Elf_Internal_Sym *intsym_buf,
327 void *extsym_buf,
328 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *extshndx_buf)
329 {
330 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shndx_hdr;
331 void *alloc_ext;
332 const bfd_byte *esym;
333 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *alloc_extshndx;
334 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *shndx;
335 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
336 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
337 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
338 size_t extsym_size;
339 bfd_size_type amt;
340 file_ptr pos;
341
342 if (symcount == 0)
343 return intsym_buf;
344
345 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
346 shndx_hdr = NULL;
347 if (symtab_hdr == &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_hdr)
348 shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
349
350 /* Read the symbols. */
351 alloc_ext = NULL;
352 alloc_extshndx = NULL;
353 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
354 extsym_size = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
355 amt = symcount * extsym_size;
356 pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * extsym_size;
357 if (extsym_buf == NULL)
358 {
359 alloc_ext = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, extsym_size);
360 extsym_buf = alloc_ext;
361 }
362 if (extsym_buf == NULL
363 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
364 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
365 {
366 intsym_buf = NULL;
367 goto out;
368 }
369
370 if (shndx_hdr == NULL || shndx_hdr->sh_size == 0)
371 extshndx_buf = NULL;
372 else
373 {
374 amt = symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
375 pos = shndx_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
376 if (extshndx_buf == NULL)
377 {
378 alloc_extshndx = bfd_malloc2 (symcount,
379 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
380 extshndx_buf = alloc_extshndx;
381 }
382 if (extshndx_buf == NULL
383 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
384 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
385 {
386 intsym_buf = NULL;
387 goto out;
388 }
389 }
390
391 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
392 {
393 intsym_buf = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym));
394 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
395 goto out;
396 }
397
398 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
399 isymend = intsym_buf + symcount;
400 for (esym = extsym_buf, isym = intsym_buf, shndx = extshndx_buf;
401 isym < isymend;
402 esym += extsym_size, isym++, shndx = shndx != NULL ? shndx + 1 : NULL)
403 (*bed->s->swap_symbol_in) (ibfd, esym, shndx, isym);
404
405 out:
406 if (alloc_ext != NULL)
407 free (alloc_ext);
408 if (alloc_extshndx != NULL)
409 free (alloc_extshndx);
410
411 return intsym_buf;
412 }
413
414 /* Look up a symbol name. */
415 const char *
416 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd *abfd,
417 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
418 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
419 asection *sym_sec)
420 {
421 const char *name;
422 unsigned int iname = isym->st_name;
423 unsigned int shindex = symtab_hdr->sh_link;
424
425 if (iname == 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
426 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
427 && isym->st_shndx < elf_numsections (abfd)
428 && !(isym->st_shndx >= SHN_LORESERVE && isym->st_shndx <= SHN_HIRESERVE))
429 {
430 iname = elf_elfsections (abfd)[isym->st_shndx]->sh_name;
431 shindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx;
432 }
433
434 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, iname);
435 if (name == NULL)
436 name = "(null)";
437 else if (sym_sec && *name == '\0')
438 name = bfd_section_name (abfd, sym_sec);
439
440 return name;
441 }
442
443 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
444 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
445 pointers. */
446
447 typedef union elf_internal_group {
448 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr;
449 unsigned int flags;
450 } Elf_Internal_Group;
451
452 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
453 signature just a string? */
454
455 static const char *
456 group_signature (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *ghdr)
457 {
458 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
459 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
460 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
461 Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
462
463 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
464 that it is a symbol table section. */
465 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd) [ghdr->sh_link];
466 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
467 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, ghdr->sh_link))
468 return NULL;
469
470 /* Go read the symbol. */
471 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
472 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, hdr, 1, ghdr->sh_info,
473 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
474 return NULL;
475
476 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, hdr, &isym, NULL);
477 }
478
479 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
480
481 static bfd_boolean
482 setup_group (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *newsect)
483 {
484 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
485
486 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
487 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
488 if (num_group == 0)
489 {
490 unsigned int i, shnum;
491
492 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
493 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
494 shnum = elf_numsections (abfd);
495 num_group = 0;
496 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
497 {
498 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
499 if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP && shdr->sh_size >= 8)
500 num_group += 1;
501 }
502
503 if (num_group == 0)
504 {
505 num_group = (unsigned) -1;
506 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
507 }
508 else
509 {
510 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
511 so we can find them quickly. */
512 bfd_size_type amt;
513
514 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
515 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr
516 = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_group, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
517 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr == NULL)
518 return FALSE;
519
520 num_group = 0;
521 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
522 {
523 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
524 if (shdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP && shdr->sh_size >= 8)
525 {
526 unsigned char *src;
527 Elf_Internal_Group *dest;
528
529 /* Add to list of sections. */
530 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr;
531 num_group += 1;
532
533 /* Read the raw contents. */
534 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4);
535 amt = shdr->sh_size * sizeof (*dest) / 4;
536 shdr->contents = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, shdr->sh_size,
537 sizeof (*dest) / 4);
538 if (shdr->contents == NULL
539 || bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
540 || (bfd_bread (shdr->contents, shdr->sh_size, abfd)
541 != shdr->sh_size))
542 return FALSE;
543
544 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
545 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
546 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
547 pointers. */
548 src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size;
549 dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt);
550 while (1)
551 {
552 unsigned int idx;
553
554 src -= 4;
555 --dest;
556 idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src);
557 if (src == shdr->contents)
558 {
559 dest->flags = idx;
560 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL && (idx & GRP_COMDAT))
561 shdr->bfd_section->flags
562 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
563 break;
564 }
565 if (idx >= shnum)
566 {
567 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
568 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd));
569 idx = 0;
570 }
571 dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[idx];
572 }
573 }
574 }
575 }
576 }
577
578 if (num_group != (unsigned) -1)
579 {
580 unsigned int i;
581
582 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
583 {
584 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
585 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
586 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
587
588 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
589 section is a member. */
590 while (--n_elt != 0)
591 if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr)
592 {
593 asection *s = NULL;
594
595 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
596 other members to see if any others are linked via
597 next_in_group. */
598 idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
599 n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
600 while (--n_elt != 0)
601 if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
602 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
603 break;
604 if (n_elt != 0)
605 {
606 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
607 insert current section in circular list. */
608 elf_group_name (newsect) = elf_group_name (s);
609 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = elf_next_in_group (s);
610 elf_next_in_group (s) = newsect;
611 }
612 else
613 {
614 const char *gname;
615
616 gname = group_signature (abfd, shdr);
617 if (gname == NULL)
618 return FALSE;
619 elf_group_name (newsect) = gname;
620
621 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
622 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = newsect;
623 }
624
625 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
626 new member. */
627 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL)
628 elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section) = newsect;
629
630 i = num_group - 1;
631 break;
632 }
633 }
634 }
635
636 if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL)
637 {
638 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
639 abfd, newsect);
640 }
641 return TRUE;
642 }
643
644 bfd_boolean
645 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd *abfd)
646 {
647 unsigned int i;
648 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
649 bfd_boolean result = TRUE;
650 asection *s;
651
652 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
653 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
654 {
655 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr = &elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr;
656 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
657 {
658 unsigned int elfsec = this_hdr->sh_link;
659 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
660 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
661 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
662 if (elfsec == 0)
663 {
664 const struct elf_backend_data *bed
665 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
666 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
667 bed->link_order_error_handler
668 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
669 abfd, s);
670 }
671 else
672 {
673 asection *link;
674
675 this_hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec];
676
677 /* PR 1991, 2008:
678 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
679 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
680 link = this_hdr->bfd_section;
681 if (link == NULL)
682 {
683 (*_bfd_error_handler)
684 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
685 s->owner, s, elfsec);
686 result = FALSE;
687 }
688
689 elf_linked_to_section (s) = link;
690 }
691 }
692 }
693
694 /* Process section groups. */
695 if (num_group == (unsigned) -1)
696 return result;
697
698 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
699 {
700 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
701 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
702 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
703
704 while (--n_elt != 0)
705 if ((++idx)->shdr->bfd_section)
706 elf_sec_group (idx->shdr->bfd_section) = shdr->bfd_section;
707 else if (idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA
708 || idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_REL)
709 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
710 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
711 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
712 relocation sections are in section group in input object
713 files. */
714 shdr->bfd_section->size -= 4;
715 else
716 {
717 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
718 (*_bfd_error_handler)
719 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
720 abfd,
721 (unsigned int) idx->shdr->sh_type,
722 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
723 (elf_elfheader (abfd)
724 ->e_shstrndx),
725 idx->shdr->sh_name),
726 shdr->bfd_section->name);
727 result = FALSE;
728 }
729 }
730 return result;
731 }
732
733 bfd_boolean
734 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const asection *sec)
735 {
736 return elf_next_in_group (sec) != NULL;
737 }
738
739 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
740 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
741
742 bfd_boolean
743 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
744 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
745 const char *name,
746 int shindex)
747 {
748 asection *newsect;
749 flagword flags;
750 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
751
752 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
753 {
754 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (name,
755 bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section)) == 0);
756 return TRUE;
757 }
758
759 newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
760 if (newsect == NULL)
761 return FALSE;
762
763 hdr->bfd_section = newsect;
764 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr;
765 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_idx = shindex;
766
767 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
768 elf_section_type (newsect) = hdr->sh_type;
769 elf_section_flags (newsect) = hdr->sh_flags;
770
771 newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
772
773 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr)
774 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size)
775 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect,
776 bfd_log2 ((bfd_vma) hdr->sh_addralign)))
777 return FALSE;
778
779 flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
780 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
781 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
782 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
783 flags |= SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE;
784 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
785 {
786 flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
787 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
788 flags |= SEC_LOAD;
789 }
790 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0)
791 flags |= SEC_READONLY;
792 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
793 flags |= SEC_CODE;
794 else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
795 flags |= SEC_DATA;
796 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0)
797 {
798 flags |= SEC_MERGE;
799 newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize;
800 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS) != 0)
801 flags |= SEC_STRINGS;
802 }
803 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP)
804 if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect))
805 return FALSE;
806 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0)
807 flags |= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL;
808
809 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
810 {
811 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
812 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
813 static const struct
814 {
815 const char *name;
816 int len;
817 } debug_sections [] =
818 {
819 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("debug") }, /* 'd' */
820 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'e' */
821 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'f' */
822 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("gnu.linkonce.wi.") }, /* 'g' */
823 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'h' */
824 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'i' */
825 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'j' */
826 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'k' */
827 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("line") }, /* 'l' */
828 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'm' */
829 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'n' */
830 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'o' */
831 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'p' */
832 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'q' */
833 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'r' */
834 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("stab") } /* 's' */
835 };
836
837 if (name [0] == '.')
838 {
839 int i = name [1] - 'd';
840 if (i >= 0
841 && i < (int) ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sections)
842 && debug_sections [i].name != NULL
843 && strncmp (&name [1], debug_sections [i].name,
844 debug_sections [i].len) == 0)
845 flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING;
846 }
847 }
848
849 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
850 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
851 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
852 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
853 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
854 all but one of the sections. */
855 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gnu.linkonce")
856 && elf_next_in_group (newsect) == NULL)
857 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
858
859 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
860 if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags)
861 if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr))
862 return FALSE;
863
864 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags))
865 return FALSE;
866
867 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
868 {
869 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr;
870 unsigned int i;
871
872 /* Look through the phdrs to see if we need to adjust the lma.
873 If all the p_paddr fields are zero, we ignore them, since
874 some ELF linkers produce such output. */
875 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
876 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
877 {
878 if (phdr->p_paddr != 0)
879 break;
880 }
881 if (i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum)
882 {
883 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
884 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
885 {
886 /* This section is part of this segment if its file
887 offset plus size lies within the segment's memory
888 span and, if the section is loaded, the extent of the
889 loaded data lies within the extent of the segment.
890
891 Note - we used to check the p_paddr field as well, and
892 refuse to set the LMA if it was 0. This is wrong
893 though, as a perfectly valid initialised segment can
894 have a p_paddr of zero. Some architectures, eg ARM,
895 place special significance on the address 0 and
896 executables need to be able to have a segment which
897 covers this address. */
898 if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD
899 && (bfd_vma) hdr->sh_offset >= phdr->p_offset
900 && (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size
901 <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_memsz)
902 && ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0
903 || (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size
904 <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_filesz)))
905 {
906 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
907 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
908 + hdr->sh_addr - phdr->p_vaddr);
909 else
910 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
911 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
912 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
913 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
914 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
915 segment will contain sections with contiguous
916 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
917 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
918 + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset);
919
920 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
921 offsets whether a section with zero size should
922 be placed at the end of one segment or the
923 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
924 if (hdr->sh_addr >= phdr->p_vaddr
925 && (hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size
926 <= phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz))
927 break;
928 }
929 }
930 }
931 }
932
933 return TRUE;
934 }
935
936 /*
937 INTERNAL_FUNCTION
938 bfd_elf_find_section
939
940 SYNOPSIS
941 struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name);
942
943 DESCRIPTION
944 Helper functions for GDB to locate the string tables.
945 Since BFD hides string tables from callers, GDB needs to use an
946 internal hook to find them. Sun's .stabstr, in particular,
947 isn't even pointed to by the .stab section, so ordinary
948 mechanisms wouldn't work to find it, even if we had some.
949 */
950
951 struct elf_internal_shdr *
952 bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name)
953 {
954 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
955 char *shstrtab;
956 unsigned int max;
957 unsigned int i;
958
959 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
960 if (i_shdrp != NULL)
961 {
962 shstrtab = bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd,
963 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx);
964 if (shstrtab != NULL)
965 {
966 max = elf_numsections (abfd);
967 for (i = 1; i < max; i++)
968 if (!strcmp (&shstrtab[i_shdrp[i]->sh_name], name))
969 return i_shdrp[i];
970 }
971 }
972 return 0;
973 }
974
975 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = {
976 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
977 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
978 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
979 };
980
981 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
982 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
983 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
984 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
985 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
986 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
987 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
988 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
989 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
990
991 bfd_reloc_status_type
992 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
993 arelent *reloc_entry,
994 asymbol *symbol,
995 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
996 asection *input_section,
997 bfd *output_bfd,
998 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
999 {
1000 if (output_bfd != NULL
1001 && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
1002 && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace
1003 || reloc_entry->addend == 0))
1004 {
1005 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1006 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1007 }
1008
1009 return bfd_reloc_continue;
1010 }
1011 \f
1012 /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */
1013
1014 static void
1015 merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1016 asection *sec)
1017 {
1018 BFD_ASSERT (sec->sec_info_type == ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE);
1019 sec->sec_info_type = ELF_INFO_TYPE_NONE;
1020 }
1021
1022 /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */
1023
1024 bfd_boolean
1025 _bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
1026 {
1027 bfd *ibfd;
1028 asection *sec;
1029
1030 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info->hash))
1031 return FALSE;
1032
1033 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link_next)
1034 if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) == 0)
1035 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
1036 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0
1037 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section))
1038 {
1039 struct bfd_elf_section_data *secdata;
1040
1041 secdata = elf_section_data (sec);
1042 if (! _bfd_add_merge_section (abfd,
1043 &elf_hash_table (info)->merge_info,
1044 sec, &secdata->sec_info))
1045 return FALSE;
1046 else if (secdata->sec_info)
1047 sec->sec_info_type = ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE;
1048 }
1049
1050 if (elf_hash_table (info)->merge_info != NULL)
1051 _bfd_merge_sections (abfd, info, elf_hash_table (info)->merge_info,
1052 merge_sections_remove_hook);
1053 return TRUE;
1054 }
1055
1056 void
1057 _bfd_elf_link_just_syms (asection *sec, struct bfd_link_info *info)
1058 {
1059 sec->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1060 sec->output_offset = sec->vma;
1061 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info->hash))
1062 return;
1063
1064 sec->sec_info_type = ELF_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS;
1065 }
1066 \f
1067 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1068 another. */
1069
1070 bfd_boolean
1071 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
1072 {
1073 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1074 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1075 return TRUE;
1076
1077 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd)
1078 || (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
1079 == elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags));
1080
1081 elf_gp (obfd) = elf_gp (ibfd);
1082 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
1083 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
1084 return TRUE;
1085 }
1086
1087 static const char *
1088 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type)
1089 {
1090 const char *pt;
1091 switch (p_type)
1092 {
1093 case PT_NULL: pt = "NULL"; break;
1094 case PT_LOAD: pt = "LOAD"; break;
1095 case PT_DYNAMIC: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break;
1096 case PT_INTERP: pt = "INTERP"; break;
1097 case PT_NOTE: pt = "NOTE"; break;
1098 case PT_SHLIB: pt = "SHLIB"; break;
1099 case PT_PHDR: pt = "PHDR"; break;
1100 case PT_TLS: pt = "TLS"; break;
1101 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: pt = "EH_FRAME"; break;
1102 case PT_GNU_STACK: pt = "STACK"; break;
1103 case PT_GNU_RELRO: pt = "RELRO"; break;
1104 default: pt = NULL; break;
1105 }
1106 return pt;
1107 }
1108
1109 /* Print out the program headers. */
1110
1111 bfd_boolean
1112 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *farg)
1113 {
1114 FILE *f = farg;
1115 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
1116 asection *s;
1117 bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
1118
1119 p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
1120 if (p != NULL)
1121 {
1122 unsigned int i, c;
1123
1124 fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1125 c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
1126 for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++)
1127 {
1128 const char *pt = get_segment_type (p->p_type);
1129 char buf[20];
1130
1131 if (pt == NULL)
1132 {
1133 sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type);
1134 pt = buf;
1135 }
1136 fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt);
1137 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset);
1138 fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x");
1139 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr);
1140 fprintf (f, " paddr 0x");
1141 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr);
1142 fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align));
1143 fprintf (f, " filesz 0x");
1144 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz);
1145 fprintf (f, " memsz 0x");
1146 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz);
1147 fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c",
1148 (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1149 (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1150 (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1151 if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0)
1152 fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X));
1153 fprintf (f, "\n");
1154 }
1155 }
1156
1157 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1158 if (s != NULL)
1159 {
1160 int elfsec;
1161 unsigned long shlink;
1162 bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
1163 size_t extdynsize;
1164 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1165
1166 fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1167
1168 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf))
1169 goto error_return;
1170
1171 elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
1172 if (elfsec == -1)
1173 goto error_return;
1174 shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
1175
1176 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1177 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1178
1179 extdyn = dynbuf;
1180 extdynend = extdyn + s->size;
1181 for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
1182 {
1183 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1184 const char *name;
1185 char ab[20];
1186 bfd_boolean stringp;
1187
1188 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1189
1190 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1191 break;
1192
1193 stringp = FALSE;
1194 switch (dyn.d_tag)
1195 {
1196 default:
1197 sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag);
1198 name = ab;
1199 break;
1200
1201 case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1202 case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1203 case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break;
1204 case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break;
1205 case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break;
1206 case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break;
1207 case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break;
1208 case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break;
1209 case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break;
1210 case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break;
1211 case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break;
1212 case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break;
1213 case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break;
1214 case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1215 case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1216 case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1217 case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break;
1218 case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break;
1219 case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break;
1220 case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break;
1221 case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break;
1222 case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break;
1223 case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break;
1224 case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break;
1225 case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1226 case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1227 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1228 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1229 case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1230 case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break;
1231 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1232 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1233 case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break;
1234 case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1235 case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break;
1236 case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break;
1237 case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break;
1238 case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1239 case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break;
1240 case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break;
1241 case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1242 case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1243 case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1244 case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break;
1245 case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break;
1246 case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break;
1247 case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break;
1248 case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break;
1249 case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break;
1250 case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break;
1251 case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break;
1252 case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1253 case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break;
1254 case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1255 case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1256 case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break;
1257 case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1258 case DT_GNU_HASH: name = "GNU_HASH"; break;
1259 }
1260
1261 fprintf (f, " %-11s ", name);
1262 if (! stringp)
1263 fprintf (f, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_un.d_val);
1264 else
1265 {
1266 const char *string;
1267 unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1268
1269 string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv);
1270 if (string == NULL)
1271 goto error_return;
1272 fprintf (f, "%s", string);
1273 }
1274 fprintf (f, "\n");
1275 }
1276
1277 free (dynbuf);
1278 dynbuf = NULL;
1279 }
1280
1281 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
1282 || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL))
1283 {
1284 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd, FALSE))
1285 return FALSE;
1286 }
1287
1288 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
1289 {
1290 Elf_Internal_Verdef *t;
1291
1292 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1293 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef)
1294 {
1295 fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx,
1296 t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash,
1297 t->vd_nodename ? t->vd_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1298 if (t->vd_auxptr != NULL && t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL)
1299 {
1300 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a;
1301
1302 fprintf (f, "\t");
1303 for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr;
1304 a != NULL;
1305 a = a->vda_nextptr)
1306 fprintf (f, "%s ",
1307 a->vda_nodename ? a->vda_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1308 fprintf (f, "\n");
1309 }
1310 }
1311 }
1312
1313 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
1314 {
1315 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1316
1317 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1318 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref)
1319 {
1320 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1321
1322 fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1323 t->vn_filename ? t->vn_filename : "<corrupt>");
1324 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1325 fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash,
1326 a->vna_flags, a->vna_other,
1327 a->vna_nodename ? a->vna_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1328 }
1329 }
1330
1331 return TRUE;
1332
1333 error_return:
1334 if (dynbuf != NULL)
1335 free (dynbuf);
1336 return FALSE;
1337 }
1338
1339 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1340
1341 void
1342 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd *abfd,
1343 void *filep,
1344 asymbol *symbol,
1345 bfd_print_symbol_type how)
1346 {
1347 FILE *file = filep;
1348 switch (how)
1349 {
1350 case bfd_print_symbol_name:
1351 fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name);
1352 break;
1353 case bfd_print_symbol_more:
1354 fprintf (file, "elf ");
1355 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value);
1356 fprintf (file, " %lx", (long) symbol->flags);
1357 break;
1358 case bfd_print_symbol_all:
1359 {
1360 const char *section_name;
1361 const char *name = NULL;
1362 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1363 unsigned char st_other;
1364 bfd_vma val;
1365
1366 section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)";
1367
1368 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1369 if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all)
1370 name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol);
1371
1372 if (name == NULL)
1373 {
1374 name = symbol->name;
1375 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, file, symbol);
1376 }
1377
1378 fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name);
1379 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1380 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1381 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1382 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1383 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
1384 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
1385 else
1386 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
1387 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val);
1388
1389 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1390 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_section != 0
1391 && (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_section != 0
1392 || elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_section != 0))
1393 {
1394 unsigned int vernum;
1395 const char *version_string;
1396
1397 vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_VERSION;
1398
1399 if (vernum == 0)
1400 version_string = "";
1401 else if (vernum == 1)
1402 version_string = "Base";
1403 else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs)
1404 version_string =
1405 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename;
1406 else
1407 {
1408 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1409
1410 version_string = "";
1411 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
1412 t != NULL;
1413 t = t->vn_nextref)
1414 {
1415 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1416
1417 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1418 {
1419 if (a->vna_other == vernum)
1420 {
1421 version_string = a->vna_nodename;
1422 break;
1423 }
1424 }
1425 }
1426 }
1427
1428 if ((((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_HIDDEN) == 0)
1429 fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string);
1430 else
1431 {
1432 int i;
1433
1434 fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string);
1435 for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i)
1436 putc (' ', file);
1437 }
1438 }
1439
1440 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1441 st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
1442
1443 switch (st_other)
1444 {
1445 case 0: break;
1446 case STV_INTERNAL: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break;
1447 case STV_HIDDEN: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break;
1448 case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break;
1449 default:
1450 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1451 everything hex. */
1452 fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other);
1453 }
1454
1455 fprintf (file, " %s", name);
1456 }
1457 break;
1458 }
1459 }
1460 \f
1461 /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
1462
1463 struct bfd_hash_entry *
1464 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1465 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
1466 const char *string)
1467 {
1468 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1469 subclass. */
1470 if (entry == NULL)
1471 {
1472 entry = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry));
1473 if (entry == NULL)
1474 return entry;
1475 }
1476
1477 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1478 entry = _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
1479 if (entry != NULL)
1480 {
1481 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ret = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
1482 struct elf_link_hash_table *htab = (struct elf_link_hash_table *) table;
1483
1484 /* Set local fields. */
1485 ret->indx = -1;
1486 ret->dynindx = -1;
1487 ret->got = htab->init_got_refcount;
1488 ret->plt = htab->init_plt_refcount;
1489 memset (&ret->size, 0, (sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry)
1490 - offsetof (struct elf_link_hash_entry, size)));
1491 /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
1492 This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
1493 file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
1494 reader will have the flag set correctly. */
1495 ret->non_elf = 1;
1496 }
1497
1498 return entry;
1499 }
1500
1501 /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
1502 old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */
1503
1504 void
1505 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1506 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
1507 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
1508 {
1509 struct elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1510
1511 /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
1512 symbol which just became indirect. */
1513
1514 dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic;
1515 dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular;
1516 dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak;
1517 dir->non_got_ref |= ind->non_got_ref;
1518 dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt;
1519 dir->pointer_equality_needed |= ind->pointer_equality_needed;
1520
1521 if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
1522 return;
1523
1524 /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries.
1525 These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
1526 htab = elf_hash_table (info);
1527 if (ind->got.refcount > htab->init_got_refcount.refcount)
1528 {
1529 if (dir->got.refcount < 0)
1530 dir->got.refcount = 0;
1531 dir->got.refcount += ind->got.refcount;
1532 ind->got.refcount = htab->init_got_refcount.refcount;
1533 }
1534
1535 if (ind->plt.refcount > htab->init_plt_refcount.refcount)
1536 {
1537 if (dir->plt.refcount < 0)
1538 dir->plt.refcount = 0;
1539 dir->plt.refcount += ind->plt.refcount;
1540 ind->plt.refcount = htab->init_plt_refcount.refcount;
1541 }
1542
1543 if (ind->dynindx != -1)
1544 {
1545 if (dir->dynindx != -1)
1546 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab->dynstr, dir->dynstr_index);
1547 dir->dynindx = ind->dynindx;
1548 dir->dynstr_index = ind->dynstr_index;
1549 ind->dynindx = -1;
1550 ind->dynstr_index = 0;
1551 }
1552 }
1553
1554 void
1555 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1556 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1557 bfd_boolean force_local)
1558 {
1559 h->plt = elf_hash_table (info)->init_plt_offset;
1560 h->needs_plt = 0;
1561 if (force_local)
1562 {
1563 h->forced_local = 1;
1564 if (h->dynindx != -1)
1565 {
1566 h->dynindx = -1;
1567 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
1568 h->dynstr_index);
1569 }
1570 }
1571 }
1572
1573 /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. */
1574
1575 bfd_boolean
1576 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init
1577 (struct elf_link_hash_table *table,
1578 bfd *abfd,
1579 struct bfd_hash_entry *(*newfunc) (struct bfd_hash_entry *,
1580 struct bfd_hash_table *,
1581 const char *),
1582 unsigned int entsize)
1583 {
1584 bfd_boolean ret;
1585 int can_refcount = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->can_refcount;
1586
1587 table->dynamic_sections_created = FALSE;
1588 table->dynobj = NULL;
1589 table->init_got_refcount.refcount = can_refcount - 1;
1590 table->init_plt_refcount.refcount = can_refcount - 1;
1591 table->init_got_offset.offset = -(bfd_vma) 1;
1592 table->init_plt_offset.offset = -(bfd_vma) 1;
1593 /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
1594 table->dynsymcount = 1;
1595 table->dynstr = NULL;
1596 table->bucketcount = 0;
1597 table->needed = NULL;
1598 table->hgot = NULL;
1599 table->hplt = NULL;
1600 table->merge_info = NULL;
1601 memset (&table->stab_info, 0, sizeof (table->stab_info));
1602 memset (&table->eh_info, 0, sizeof (table->eh_info));
1603 table->dynlocal = NULL;
1604 table->runpath = NULL;
1605 table->tls_sec = NULL;
1606 table->tls_size = 0;
1607 table->loaded = NULL;
1608 table->is_relocatable_executable = FALSE;
1609
1610 ret = _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table->root, abfd, newfunc, entsize);
1611 table->root.type = bfd_link_elf_hash_table;
1612
1613 return ret;
1614 }
1615
1616 /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
1617
1618 struct bfd_link_hash_table *
1619 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
1620 {
1621 struct elf_link_hash_table *ret;
1622 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table);
1623
1624 ret = bfd_malloc (amt);
1625 if (ret == NULL)
1626 return NULL;
1627
1628 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret, abfd, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
1629 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry)))
1630 {
1631 free (ret);
1632 return NULL;
1633 }
1634
1635 return &ret->root;
1636 }
1637
1638 /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
1639 tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
1640 entry for a dynamic object. */
1641
1642 void
1643 bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd *abfd, const char *name)
1644 {
1645 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1646 && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
1647 elf_dt_name (abfd) = name;
1648 }
1649
1650 int
1651 bfd_elf_get_dyn_lib_class (bfd *abfd)
1652 {
1653 int lib_class;
1654 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1655 && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
1656 lib_class = elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd);
1657 else
1658 lib_class = 0;
1659 return lib_class;
1660 }
1661
1662 void
1663 bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd *abfd, int lib_class)
1664 {
1665 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1666 && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
1667 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd) = lib_class;
1668 }
1669
1670 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
1671 the linker ELF emulation code. */
1672
1673 struct bfd_link_needed_list *
1674 bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1675 struct bfd_link_info *info)
1676 {
1677 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info->hash))
1678 return NULL;
1679 return elf_hash_table (info)->needed;
1680 }
1681
1682 /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
1683 hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
1684
1685 struct bfd_link_needed_list *
1686 bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1687 struct bfd_link_info *info)
1688 {
1689 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info->hash))
1690 return NULL;
1691 return elf_hash_table (info)->runpath;
1692 }
1693
1694 /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
1695 is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
1696 passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
1697
1698 const char *
1699 bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd *abfd)
1700 {
1701 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
1702 && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
1703 return elf_dt_name (abfd);
1704 return NULL;
1705 }
1706
1707 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
1708 the ELF linker emulation code. */
1709
1710 bfd_boolean
1711 bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd *abfd,
1712 struct bfd_link_needed_list **pneeded)
1713 {
1714 asection *s;
1715 bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
1716 int elfsec;
1717 unsigned long shlink;
1718 bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
1719 size_t extdynsize;
1720 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1721
1722 *pneeded = NULL;
1723
1724 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1725 || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_object)
1726 return TRUE;
1727
1728 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1729 if (s == NULL || s->size == 0)
1730 return TRUE;
1731
1732 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf))
1733 goto error_return;
1734
1735 elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
1736 if (elfsec == -1)
1737 goto error_return;
1738
1739 shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
1740
1741 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1742 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1743
1744 extdyn = dynbuf;
1745 extdynend = extdyn + s->size;
1746 for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
1747 {
1748 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1749
1750 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1751
1752 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1753 break;
1754
1755 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NEEDED)
1756 {
1757 const char *string;
1758 struct bfd_link_needed_list *l;
1759 unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1760 bfd_size_type amt;
1761
1762 string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv);
1763 if (string == NULL)
1764 goto error_return;
1765
1766 amt = sizeof *l;
1767 l = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
1768 if (l == NULL)
1769 goto error_return;
1770
1771 l->by = abfd;
1772 l->name = string;
1773 l->next = *pneeded;
1774 *pneeded = l;
1775 }
1776 }
1777
1778 free (dynbuf);
1779
1780 return TRUE;
1781
1782 error_return:
1783 if (dynbuf != NULL)
1784 free (dynbuf);
1785 return FALSE;
1786 }
1787 \f
1788 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1789
1790 struct bfd_strtab_hash *
1791 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1792 {
1793 struct bfd_strtab_hash *ret;
1794
1795 ret = _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1796 if (ret != NULL)
1797 {
1798 bfd_size_type loc;
1799
1800 loc = _bfd_stringtab_add (ret, "", TRUE, FALSE);
1801 BFD_ASSERT (loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1);
1802 if (loc == (bfd_size_type) -1)
1803 {
1804 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret);
1805 ret = NULL;
1806 }
1807 }
1808 return ret;
1809 }
1810 \f
1811 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1812
1813 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1814
1815 bfd_boolean
1816 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
1817 {
1818 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
1819 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
1820 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1821 const char *name;
1822
1823 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
1824 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx,
1825 hdr->sh_name);
1826 if (name == NULL)
1827 return FALSE;
1828
1829 switch (hdr->sh_type)
1830 {
1831 case SHT_NULL:
1832 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1833 return TRUE;
1834
1835 case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */
1836 case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */
1837 case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */
1838 case SHT_NOTE: /* .note section. */
1839 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: /* .init_array section. */
1840 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: /* .fini_array section. */
1841 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: /* .preinit_array section. */
1842 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1843 case SHT_GNU_HASH: /* .gnu.hash section. */
1844 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1845
1846 case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1847 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1848 return FALSE;
1849 if (hdr->sh_link > elf_numsections (abfd)
1850 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link] == NULL)
1851 return FALSE;
1852 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB)
1853 {
1854 Elf_Internal_Shdr *dynsymhdr;
1855
1856 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1857 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1858 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1859 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0)
1860 {
1861 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)];
1862 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1863 }
1864 else
1865 {
1866 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1867
1868 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1869 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1870 {
1871 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1872 if (dynsymhdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1873 {
1874 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1875 break;
1876 }
1877 }
1878 }
1879 }
1880 break;
1881
1882 case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table */
1883 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1884 return TRUE;
1885
1886 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1887 return FALSE;
1888 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0);
1889 elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1890 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr = *hdr;
1891 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
1892 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1893
1894 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1895 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1896 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1897 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1898 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1899 linker. */
1900 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
1901 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
1902 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1903 shindex))
1904 return FALSE;
1905
1906 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1907 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1908 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1909 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)]->sh_link != shindex)
1910 {
1911 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1912
1913 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1914 for (i = shindex + 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1915 {
1916 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1917 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1918 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1919 break;
1920 }
1921 if (i == num_sec)
1922 for (i = 1; i < shindex; i++)
1923 {
1924 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1925 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1926 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1927 break;
1928 }
1929 if (i != shindex)
1930 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i);
1931 }
1932 return TRUE;
1933
1934 case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table */
1935 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1936 return TRUE;
1937
1938 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1939 return FALSE;
1940 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0);
1941 elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1942 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr;
1943 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
1944 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1945
1946 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1947 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1948 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1949
1950 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
1951 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == shindex)
1952 return TRUE;
1953
1954 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == 0);
1955 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) = shindex;
1956 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr = *hdr;
1957 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
1958 return TRUE;
1959
1960 case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table */
1961 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
1962 return TRUE;
1963 if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex)
1964 {
1965 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1966 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
1967 return TRUE;
1968 }
1969 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1970 {
1971 symtab_strtab:
1972 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr;
1973 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
1974 return TRUE;
1975 }
1976 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1977 {
1978 dynsymtab_strtab:
1979 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1980 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr;
1981 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr;
1982 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1983 can handle it. */
1984 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1985 shindex);
1986 }
1987
1988 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1989 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1990 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1991 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
1992 {
1993 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1994
1995 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1996 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1997 {
1998 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1999 if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
2000 {
2001 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
2002 if (i == shindex)
2003 return FALSE;
2004 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i))
2005 return FALSE;
2006 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i)
2007 goto symtab_strtab;
2008 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i)
2009 goto dynsymtab_strtab;
2010 }
2011 }
2012 }
2013 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2014
2015 case SHT_REL:
2016 case SHT_RELA:
2017 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2018 {
2019 asection *target_sect;
2020 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2;
2021 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
2022
2023 if (hdr->sh_entsize
2024 != (bfd_size_type) (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL
2025 ? bed->s->sizeof_rel : bed->s->sizeof_rela))
2026 return FALSE;
2027
2028 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2029 if ((hdr->sh_link >= SHN_LORESERVE && hdr->sh_link <= SHN_HIRESERVE)
2030 || hdr->sh_link >= num_sec)
2031 {
2032 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
2033 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2034 abfd, hdr->sh_link, name, shindex));
2035 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
2036 shindex);
2037 }
2038
2039 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
2040 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
2041 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
2042 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
2043 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
2044 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
2045 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. */
2046 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
2047 && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM)
2048 {
2049 unsigned int scan;
2050 int found;
2051
2052 found = 0;
2053 for (scan = 1; scan < num_sec; scan++)
2054 {
2055 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
2056 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
2057 {
2058 if (found != 0)
2059 {
2060 found = 0;
2061 break;
2062 }
2063 found = scan;
2064 }
2065 }
2066 if (found != 0)
2067 hdr->sh_link = found;
2068 }
2069
2070 /* Get the symbol table. */
2071 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
2072 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
2073 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link))
2074 return FALSE;
2075
2076 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
2077 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
2078 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
2079 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
2080 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
2081 section, an invalid section, or another reloc section. */
2082 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd)
2083 || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF
2084 || (hdr->sh_info >= SHN_LORESERVE && hdr->sh_info <= SHN_HIRESERVE)
2085 || hdr->sh_info >= num_sec
2086 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_REL
2087 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
2088 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
2089 shindex);
2090
2091 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info))
2092 return FALSE;
2093 target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info);
2094 if (target_sect == NULL)
2095 return FALSE;
2096
2097 if ((target_sect->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
2098 || target_sect->reloc_count == 0)
2099 hdr2 = &elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr;
2100 else
2101 {
2102 bfd_size_type amt;
2103 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 == NULL);
2104 amt = sizeof (*hdr2);
2105 hdr2 = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2106 elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 = hdr2;
2107 }
2108 *hdr2 = *hdr;
2109 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2;
2110 target_sect->reloc_count += NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr);
2111 target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
2112 target_sect->relocation = NULL;
2113 target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
2114 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2115 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2116 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
2117 target_sect->use_rela_p = hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA;
2118 abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC;
2119 return TRUE;
2120 }
2121 break;
2122
2123 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
2124 elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex;
2125 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr;
2126 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2127 break;
2128
2129 case SHT_GNU_versym:
2130 if (hdr->sh_entsize != sizeof (Elf_External_Versym))
2131 return FALSE;
2132 elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex;
2133 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr;
2134 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2135
2136 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
2137 elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex;
2138 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr;
2139 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2140
2141 case SHT_SHLIB:
2142 return TRUE;
2143
2144 case SHT_GROUP:
2145 /* We need a BFD section for objcopy and relocatable linking,
2146 and it's handy to have the signature available as the section
2147 name. */
2148 if (hdr->sh_entsize != GRP_ENTRY_SIZE)
2149 return FALSE;
2150 name = group_signature (abfd, hdr);
2151 if (name == NULL)
2152 return FALSE;
2153 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
2154 return FALSE;
2155 if (hdr->contents != NULL)
2156 {
2157 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) hdr->contents;
2158 unsigned int n_elt = hdr->sh_size / 4;
2159 asection *s;
2160
2161 if (idx->flags & GRP_COMDAT)
2162 hdr->bfd_section->flags
2163 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
2164
2165 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
2166 idx += n_elt;
2167 while (--n_elt != 0)
2168 if ((s = (--idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
2169 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
2170 {
2171 elf_next_in_group (hdr->bfd_section) = s;
2172 break;
2173 }
2174 }
2175 break;
2176
2177 default:
2178 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2179 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
2180 return TRUE;
2181
2182 if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOUSER && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIUSER)
2183 {
2184 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
2185 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2186 for applications? */
2187 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2188 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
2189 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2190 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
2191 else
2192 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2193 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
2194 shindex);
2195 }
2196 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOPROC
2197 && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIPROC)
2198 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2199 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2200 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
2201 "`%s' [0x%8x]"),
2202 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
2203 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOOS && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIOS)
2204 {
2205 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2206 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING) != 0)
2207 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2208 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2209 be rejected with an error message. */
2210 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2211 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
2212 "`%s' [0x%8x]"),
2213 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
2214 else
2215 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2216 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2217 }
2218 else
2219 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2220 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2221 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2222 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
2223
2224 return FALSE;
2225 }
2226
2227 return TRUE;
2228 }
2229
2230 /* Return the section for the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX.
2231 Return SEC for sections that have no elf section, and NULL on error. */
2232
2233 asection *
2234 bfd_section_from_r_symndx (bfd *abfd,
2235 struct sym_sec_cache *cache,
2236 asection *sec,
2237 unsigned long r_symndx)
2238 {
2239 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2240 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
2241 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
2242 Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
2243 unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE;
2244
2245 if (cache->abfd == abfd && cache->indx[ent] == r_symndx)
2246 return cache->sec[ent];
2247
2248 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
2249 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 1, r_symndx,
2250 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
2251 return NULL;
2252
2253 if (cache->abfd != abfd)
2254 {
2255 memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx));
2256 cache->abfd = abfd;
2257 }
2258 cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx;
2259 cache->sec[ent] = sec;
2260 if ((isym.st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF && isym.st_shndx < SHN_LORESERVE)
2261 || isym.st_shndx > SHN_HIRESERVE)
2262 {
2263 asection *s;
2264 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym.st_shndx);
2265 if (s != NULL)
2266 cache->sec[ent] = s;
2267 }
2268 return cache->sec[ent];
2269 }
2270
2271 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2272 section. */
2273
2274 asection *
2275 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd *abfd, unsigned int index)
2276 {
2277 if (index >= elf_numsections (abfd))
2278 return NULL;
2279 return elf_elfsections (abfd)[index]->bfd_section;
2280 }
2281
2282 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b[] =
2283 {
2284 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2285 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2286 };
2287
2288 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c[] =
2289 {
2290 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2291 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2292 };
2293
2294 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d[] =
2295 {
2296 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2297 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2298 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2299 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2300 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2301 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2302 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2303 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC, SHF_ALLOC },
2304 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, SHF_ALLOC },
2305 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM, SHF_ALLOC },
2306 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2307 };
2308
2309 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f[] =
2310 {
2311 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2312 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2313 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2314 };
2315
2316 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g[] =
2317 {
2318 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2319 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2320 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym, 0 },
2321 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef, 0 },
2322 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed, 0 },
2323 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST, SHF_ALLOC },
2324 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA, SHF_ALLOC },
2325 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2326 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2327 };
2328
2329 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h[] =
2330 {
2331 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2332 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2333 };
2334
2335 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i[] =
2336 {
2337 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2338 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2339 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2340 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2341 };
2342
2343 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l[] =
2344 {
2345 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2346 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2347 };
2348
2349 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n[] =
2350 {
2351 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2352 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE, 0 },
2353 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2354 };
2355
2356 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p[] =
2357 {
2358 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2359 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2360 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2361 };
2362
2363 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r[] =
2364 {
2365 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2366 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2367 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA, 0 },
2368 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL, 0 },
2369 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2370 };
2371
2372 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s[] =
2373 {
2374 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2375 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2376 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB, 0 },
2377 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".stabstr"), 3, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2378 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2379 };
2380
2381 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t[] =
2382 {
2383 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2384 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2385 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2386 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2387 };
2388
2389 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *special_sections[] =
2390 {
2391 special_sections_b, /* 'b' */
2392 special_sections_c, /* 'b' */
2393 special_sections_d, /* 'd' */
2394 NULL, /* 'e' */
2395 special_sections_f, /* 'f' */
2396 special_sections_g, /* 'g' */
2397 special_sections_h, /* 'h' */
2398 special_sections_i, /* 'i' */
2399 NULL, /* 'j' */
2400 NULL, /* 'k' */
2401 special_sections_l, /* 'l' */
2402 NULL, /* 'm' */
2403 special_sections_n, /* 'n' */
2404 NULL, /* 'o' */
2405 special_sections_p, /* 'p' */
2406 NULL, /* 'q' */
2407 special_sections_r, /* 'r' */
2408 special_sections_s, /* 's' */
2409 special_sections_t, /* 't' */
2410 };
2411
2412 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2413 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name,
2414 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec,
2415 unsigned int rela)
2416 {
2417 int i;
2418 int len;
2419
2420 len = strlen (name);
2421
2422 for (i = 0; spec[i].prefix != NULL; i++)
2423 {
2424 int suffix_len;
2425 int prefix_len = spec[i].prefix_length;
2426
2427 if (len < prefix_len)
2428 continue;
2429 if (memcmp (name, spec[i].prefix, prefix_len) != 0)
2430 continue;
2431
2432 suffix_len = spec[i].suffix_length;
2433 if (suffix_len <= 0)
2434 {
2435 if (name[prefix_len] != 0)
2436 {
2437 if (suffix_len == 0)
2438 continue;
2439 if (name[prefix_len] != '.'
2440 && (suffix_len == -2
2441 || (rela && spec[i].type == SHT_REL)))
2442 continue;
2443 }
2444 }
2445 else
2446 {
2447 if (len < prefix_len + suffix_len)
2448 continue;
2449 if (memcmp (name + len - suffix_len,
2450 spec[i].prefix + prefix_len,
2451 suffix_len) != 0)
2452 continue;
2453 }
2454 return &spec[i];
2455 }
2456
2457 return NULL;
2458 }
2459
2460 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2461 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2462 {
2463 int i;
2464 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec;
2465 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2466
2467 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2468 if (sec->name == NULL)
2469 return NULL;
2470
2471 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2472 spec = bed->special_sections;
2473 if (spec)
2474 {
2475 spec = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name,
2476 bed->special_sections,
2477 sec->use_rela_p);
2478 if (spec != NULL)
2479 return spec;
2480 }
2481
2482 if (sec->name[0] != '.')
2483 return NULL;
2484
2485 i = sec->name[1] - 'b';
2486 if (i < 0 || i > 't' - 'b')
2487 return NULL;
2488
2489 spec = special_sections[i];
2490
2491 if (spec == NULL)
2492 return NULL;
2493
2494 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, spec, sec->use_rela_p);
2495 }
2496
2497 bfd_boolean
2498 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2499 {
2500 struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata;
2501 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2502 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect;
2503
2504 sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) sec->used_by_bfd;
2505 if (sdata == NULL)
2506 {
2507 sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*sdata));
2508 if (sdata == NULL)
2509 return FALSE;
2510 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
2511 }
2512
2513 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2514 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2515 sec->use_rela_p = bed->default_use_rela_p;
2516
2517 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2518 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2519 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2520 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2521 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2522 elf_fake_sections. */
2523 if ((!sec->flags && abfd->direction != read_direction)
2524 || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0)
2525 {
2526 ssect = (*bed->get_sec_type_attr) (abfd, sec);
2527 if (ssect != NULL)
2528 {
2529 elf_section_type (sec) = ssect->type;
2530 elf_section_flags (sec) = ssect->attr;
2531 }
2532 }
2533
2534 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
2535 }
2536
2537 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2538
2539 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2540 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2541 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2542 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2543
2544 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2545 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2546 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2547 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2548 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2549 of combined data+bss.
2550
2551 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2552 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2553 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2554 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2555 into it's initialized and uninitialized parts.
2556
2557 */
2558
2559 bfd_boolean
2560 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd,
2561 Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr,
2562 int index,
2563 const char *typename)
2564 {
2565 asection *newsect;
2566 char *name;
2567 char namebuf[64];
2568 size_t len;
2569 int split;
2570
2571 split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0)
2572 && (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2573 && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz));
2574 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", typename, index, split ? "a" : "");
2575 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2576 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2577 if (!name)
2578 return FALSE;
2579 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2580 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2581 if (newsect == NULL)
2582 return FALSE;
2583 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr;
2584 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr;
2585 newsect->size = hdr->p_filesz;
2586 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset;
2587 newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2588 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (hdr->p_align);
2589 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2590 {
2591 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2592 newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD;
2593 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2594 {
2595 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2596 may be data. */
2597 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2598 }
2599 }
2600 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2601 {
2602 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2603 }
2604
2605 if (split)
2606 {
2607 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%db", typename, index);
2608 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2609 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2610 if (!name)
2611 return FALSE;
2612 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2613 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2614 if (newsect == NULL)
2615 return FALSE;
2616 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2617 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2618 newsect->size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz;
2619 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2620 {
2621 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2622 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2623 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2624 }
2625 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2626 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2627 }
2628
2629 return TRUE;
2630 }
2631
2632 bfd_boolean
2633 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, int index)
2634 {
2635 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2636
2637 switch (hdr->p_type)
2638 {
2639 case PT_NULL:
2640 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "null");
2641
2642 case PT_LOAD:
2643 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "load");
2644
2645 case PT_DYNAMIC:
2646 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "dynamic");
2647
2648 case PT_INTERP:
2649 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "interp");
2650
2651 case PT_NOTE:
2652 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "note"))
2653 return FALSE;
2654 if (! elfcore_read_notes (abfd, hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz))
2655 return FALSE;
2656 return TRUE;
2657
2658 case PT_SHLIB:
2659 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "shlib");
2660
2661 case PT_PHDR:
2662 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "phdr");
2663
2664 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME:
2665 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index,
2666 "eh_frame_hdr");
2667
2668 case PT_GNU_STACK:
2669 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "stack");
2670
2671 case PT_GNU_RELRO:
2672 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "relro");
2673
2674 default:
2675 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2676 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2677 return bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "proc");
2678 }
2679 }
2680
2681 /* Initialize REL_HDR, the section-header for new section, containing
2682 relocations against ASECT. If USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA
2683 relocations; otherwise, we use REL relocations. */
2684
2685 bfd_boolean
2686 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd *abfd,
2687 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr,
2688 asection *asect,
2689 bfd_boolean use_rela_p)
2690 {
2691 char *name;
2692 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2693 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect->name);
2694
2695 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2696 if (name == NULL)
2697 return FALSE;
2698 sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", asect->name);
2699 rel_hdr->sh_name =
2700 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name,
2701 FALSE);
2702 if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2703 return FALSE;
2704 rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL;
2705 rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p
2706 ? bed->s->sizeof_rela
2707 : bed->s->sizeof_rel);
2708 rel_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
2709 rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
2710 rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2711 rel_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2712 rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2713
2714 return TRUE;
2715 }
2716
2717 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2718
2719 static void
2720 elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, asection *asect, void *failedptrarg)
2721 {
2722 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2723 bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg;
2724 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
2725
2726 if (*failedptr)
2727 {
2728 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2729 loop. */
2730 return;
2731 }
2732
2733 this_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)->this_hdr;
2734
2735 this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
2736 asect->name, FALSE);
2737 if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2738 {
2739 *failedptr = TRUE;
2740 return;
2741 }
2742
2743 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2744
2745 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2746 || asect->user_set_vma)
2747 this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma;
2748 else
2749 this_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2750
2751 this_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2752 this_hdr->sh_size = asect->size;
2753 this_hdr->sh_link = 0;
2754 this_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << asect->alignment_power;
2755 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2756 copy_private_section_data. */
2757
2758 this_hdr->bfd_section = asect;
2759 this_hdr->contents = NULL;
2760
2761 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2762 asect->flags. */
2763 if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NULL)
2764 {
2765 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0)
2766 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_GROUP;
2767 else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2768 && (((asect->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
2769 || (asect->flags & SEC_NEVER_LOAD) != 0))
2770 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
2771 else
2772 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
2773 }
2774
2775 switch (this_hdr->sh_type)
2776 {
2777 default:
2778 break;
2779
2780 case SHT_STRTAB:
2781 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY:
2782 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY:
2783 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY:
2784 case SHT_NOTE:
2785 case SHT_NOBITS:
2786 case SHT_PROGBITS:
2787 break;
2788
2789 case SHT_HASH:
2790 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry;
2791 break;
2792
2793 case SHT_DYNSYM:
2794 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
2795 break;
2796
2797 case SHT_DYNAMIC:
2798 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn;
2799 break;
2800
2801 case SHT_RELA:
2802 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p)
2803 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela;
2804 break;
2805
2806 case SHT_REL:
2807 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p)
2808 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel;
2809 break;
2810
2811 case SHT_GNU_versym:
2812 this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym);
2813 break;
2814
2815 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
2816 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2817 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2818 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2819 zero. */
2820 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2821 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs;
2822 else
2823 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0
2824 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs);
2825 break;
2826
2827 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
2828 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2829 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2830 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2831 zero. */
2832 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2833 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs;
2834 else
2835 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0
2836 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs);
2837 break;
2838
2839 case SHT_GROUP:
2840 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 4;
2841 break;
2842
2843 case SHT_GNU_HASH:
2844 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->arch_size == 64 ? 0 : 4;
2845 break;
2846 }
2847
2848 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2849 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
2850 if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2851 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE;
2852 if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
2853 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR;
2854 if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2855 {
2856 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE;
2857 this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize;
2858 if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS) != 0)
2859 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS;
2860 }
2861 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect) != NULL)
2862 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP;
2863 if ((asect->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
2864 {
2865 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_TLS;
2866 if (asect->size == 0
2867 && (asect->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
2868 {
2869 struct bfd_link_order *o = asect->map_tail.link_order;
2870
2871 this_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2872 if (o != NULL)
2873 {
2874 this_hdr->sh_size = o->offset + o->size;
2875 if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0)
2876 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
2877 }
2878 }
2879 }
2880
2881 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2882 if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections
2883 && !(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect))
2884 *failedptr = TRUE;
2885
2886 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2887 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2888 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2889 create the other. */
2890 if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
2891 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd,
2892 &elf_section_data (asect)->rel_hdr,
2893 asect,
2894 asect->use_rela_p))
2895 *failedptr = TRUE;
2896 }
2897
2898 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. */
2899
2900 void
2901 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *failedptrarg)
2902 {
2903 bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg;
2904 unsigned long symindx;
2905 asection *elt, *first;
2906 unsigned char *loc;
2907 bfd_boolean gas;
2908
2909 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2910 elfxx-ia64.c. */
2911 if (((sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)) != SEC_GROUP)
2912 || *failedptr)
2913 return;
2914
2915 symindx = 0;
2916 if (elf_group_id (sec) != NULL)
2917 symindx = elf_group_id (sec)->udata.i;
2918
2919 if (symindx == 0)
2920 {
2921 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2922 elf_section_syms; If called for "ld -r", use target_index. */
2923 if (elf_section_syms (abfd) != NULL)
2924 symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index]->udata.i;
2925 else
2926 symindx = sec->target_index;
2927 }
2928 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx;
2929
2930 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2931 gas = TRUE;
2932 if (sec->contents == NULL)
2933 {
2934 gas = FALSE;
2935 sec->contents = bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->size);
2936
2937 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2938 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = sec->contents;
2939 if (sec->contents == NULL)
2940 {
2941 *failedptr = TRUE;
2942 return;
2943 }
2944 }
2945
2946 loc = sec->contents + sec->size;
2947
2948 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
2949 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
2950 start of the input section group. */
2951 first = elt = elf_next_in_group (sec);
2952
2953 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
2954 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
2955 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
2956 directives, not that it matters. */
2957 while (elt != NULL)
2958 {
2959 asection *s;
2960 unsigned int idx;
2961
2962 loc -= 4;
2963 s = elt;
2964 if (!gas)
2965 s = s->output_section;
2966 idx = 0;
2967 if (s != NULL)
2968 idx = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2969 H_PUT_32 (abfd, idx, loc);
2970 elt = elf_next_in_group (elt);
2971 if (elt == first)
2972 break;
2973 }
2974
2975 if ((loc -= 4) != sec->contents)
2976 abort ();
2977
2978 H_PUT_32 (abfd, sec->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE ? GRP_COMDAT : 0, loc);
2979 }
2980
2981 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
2982 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
2983 in here too, while we're at it. */
2984
2985 static bfd_boolean
2986 assign_section_numbers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
2987 {
2988 struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd);
2989 asection *sec;
2990 unsigned int section_number, secn;
2991 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
2992 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d;
2993
2994 section_number = 1;
2995
2996 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
2997
2998 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
2999 if (link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable)
3000 {
3001 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
3002 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
3003 {
3004 d = elf_section_data (sec);
3005
3006 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
3007 {
3008 if (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED)
3009 {
3010 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
3011 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, sec);
3012 abfd->section_count--;
3013 }
3014 else
3015 {
3016 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
3017 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
3018 d->this_idx = section_number++;
3019 }
3020 }
3021 }
3022 }
3023
3024 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
3025 {
3026 d = elf_section_data (sec);
3027
3028 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP)
3029 {
3030 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
3031 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
3032 d->this_idx = section_number++;
3033 }
3034 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->this_hdr.sh_name);
3035 if ((sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0)
3036 d->rel_idx = 0;
3037 else
3038 {
3039 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
3040 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
3041 d->rel_idx = section_number++;
3042 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr.sh_name);
3043 }
3044
3045 if (d->rel_hdr2)
3046 {
3047 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
3048 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
3049 d->rel_idx2 = section_number++;
3050 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr2->sh_name);
3051 }
3052 else
3053 d->rel_idx2 = 0;
3054 }
3055
3056 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
3057 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
3058 t->shstrtab_section = section_number++;
3059 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name);
3060 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = t->shstrtab_section;
3061
3062 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
3063 {
3064 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
3065 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
3066 t->symtab_section = section_number++;
3067 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name);
3068 if (section_number > SHN_LORESERVE - 2)
3069 {
3070 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
3071 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
3072 t->symtab_shndx_section = section_number++;
3073 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name
3074 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
3075 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE);
3076 if (t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
3077 return FALSE;
3078 }
3079 if (section_number == SHN_LORESERVE)
3080 section_number += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
3081 t->strtab_section = section_number++;
3082 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name);
3083 }
3084
3085 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3086 t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3087
3088 elf_numsections (abfd) = section_number;
3089 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number;
3090 if (section_number > SHN_LORESERVE)
3091 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum -= SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
3092
3093 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3094 indices. */
3095 i_shdrp = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, section_number, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
3096 if (i_shdrp == NULL)
3097 return FALSE;
3098
3099 i_shdrp[0] = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr));
3100 if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL)
3101 {
3102 bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp);
3103 return FALSE;
3104 }
3105
3106 elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp;
3107
3108 i_shdrp[t->shstrtab_section] = &t->shstrtab_hdr;
3109 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
3110 {
3111 i_shdrp[t->symtab_section] = &t->symtab_hdr;
3112 if (elf_numsections (abfd) > SHN_LORESERVE)
3113 {
3114 i_shdrp[t->symtab_shndx_section] = &t->symtab_shndx_hdr;
3115 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3116 }
3117 i_shdrp[t->strtab_section] = &t->strtab_hdr;
3118 t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = t->strtab_section;
3119 }
3120
3121 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
3122 {
3123 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec);
3124 asection *s;
3125 const char *name;
3126
3127 i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr;
3128 if (d->rel_idx != 0)
3129 i_shdrp[d->rel_idx] = &d->rel_hdr;
3130 if (d->rel_idx2 != 0)
3131 i_shdrp[d->rel_idx2] = d->rel_hdr2;
3132
3133 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3134
3135 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3136 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3137 the relocation entries apply. */
3138 if (d->rel_idx != 0)
3139 {
3140 d->rel_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3141 d->rel_hdr.sh_info = d->this_idx;
3142 }
3143 if (d->rel_idx2 != 0)
3144 {
3145 d->rel_hdr2->sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3146 d->rel_hdr2->sh_info = d->this_idx;
3147 }
3148
3149 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3150 if ((d->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
3151 {
3152 s = elf_linked_to_section (sec);
3153 if (s)
3154 {
3155 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3156 if (link_info != NULL)
3157 {
3158 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3159 if (elf_discarded_section (s))
3160 {
3161 asection *kept;
3162 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3163 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3164 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section,
3165 s, s->owner);
3166 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3167 size as the discarded one. */
3168 kept = _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s);
3169 if (kept == NULL)
3170 {
3171 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3172 return FALSE;
3173 }
3174 s = kept;
3175 }
3176
3177 s = s->output_section;
3178 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3179 }
3180 else
3181 {
3182 /* Handle objcopy. */
3183 if (s->output_section == NULL)
3184 {
3185 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3186 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3187 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, s, s->owner);
3188 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3189 return FALSE;
3190 }
3191 s = s->output_section;
3192 }
3193 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3194 }
3195 else
3196 {
3197 /* PR 290:
3198 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3199 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3200 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3201 where s is NULL. */
3202 const struct elf_backend_data *bed
3203 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3204 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
3205 bed->link_order_error_handler
3206 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3207 abfd, sec);
3208 }
3209 }
3210
3211 switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type)
3212 {
3213 case SHT_REL:
3214 case SHT_RELA:
3215 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3216 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3217 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3218 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3219 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3220 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3221 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3222 if (s != NULL)
3223 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3224
3225 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3226 name = sec->name;
3227 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL)
3228 name += 4;
3229 else
3230 name += 5;
3231 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
3232 if (s != NULL)
3233 d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3234 break;
3235
3236 case SHT_STRTAB:
3237 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3238 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3239 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3240 field to point to this section. */
3241 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec->name, ".stab")
3242 && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0)
3243 {
3244 size_t len;
3245 char *alc;
3246
3247 len = strlen (sec->name);
3248 alc = bfd_malloc (len - 2);
3249 if (alc == NULL)
3250 return FALSE;
3251 memcpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3);
3252 alc[len - 3] = '\0';
3253 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc);
3254 free (alc);
3255 if (s != NULL)
3256 {
3257 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx;
3258
3259 /* This is a .stab section. */
3260 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize == 0)
3261 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
3262 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8;
3263 }
3264 }
3265 break;
3266
3267 case SHT_DYNAMIC:
3268 case SHT_DYNSYM:
3269 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
3270 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
3271 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3272 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3273 version strings. */
3274 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
3275 if (s != NULL)
3276 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3277 break;
3278
3279 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST:
3280 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3281 list
3282 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3283 version strings. */
3284 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
3285 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3286 if (s != NULL)
3287 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3288 break;
3289
3290 case SHT_HASH:
3291 case SHT_GNU_HASH:
3292 case SHT_GNU_versym:
3293 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3294 this hash table or version table is for. */
3295 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3296 if (s != NULL)
3297 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3298 break;
3299
3300 case SHT_GROUP:
3301 d->this_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3302 }
3303 }
3304
3305 for (secn = 1; secn < section_number; ++secn)
3306 if (i_shdrp[secn] == NULL)
3307 i_shdrp[secn] = i_shdrp[0];
3308 else
3309 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
3310 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name);
3311 return TRUE;
3312 }
3313
3314 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3315 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3316
3317 static bfd_boolean
3318 sym_is_global (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3319 {
3320 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3321 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3322 if (bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global)
3323 return (*bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) (abfd, sym);
3324
3325 return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
3326 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym))
3327 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym)));
3328 }
3329
3330 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3331 output. Also, don't output section symbols for reloc and other
3332 special sections. */
3333
3334 static bfd_boolean
3335 ignore_section_sym (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3336 {
3337 return ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
3338 && (sym->value != 0
3339 || (sym->section->owner != abfd
3340 && (sym->section->output_section->owner != abfd
3341 || sym->section->output_offset != 0))));
3342 }
3343
3344 static bfd_boolean
3345 elf_map_symbols (bfd *abfd)
3346 {
3347 unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
3348 asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
3349 asymbol **sect_syms;
3350 unsigned int num_locals = 0;
3351 unsigned int num_globals = 0;
3352 unsigned int num_locals2 = 0;
3353 unsigned int num_globals2 = 0;
3354 int max_index = 0;
3355 unsigned int idx;
3356 asection *asect;
3357 asymbol **new_syms;
3358
3359 #ifdef DEBUG
3360 fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3361 fflush (stderr);
3362 #endif
3363
3364 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3365 {
3366 if (max_index < asect->index)
3367 max_index = asect->index;
3368 }
3369
3370 max_index++;
3371 sect_syms = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, max_index, sizeof (asymbol *));
3372 if (sect_syms == NULL)
3373 return FALSE;
3374 elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms;
3375 elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index;
3376
3377 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3378 decided to output. */
3379 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3380 {
3381 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3382
3383 if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
3384 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym))
3385 {
3386 asection *sec = sym->section;
3387
3388 if (sec->owner != abfd)
3389 sec = sec->output_section;
3390
3391 sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx];
3392 }
3393 }
3394
3395 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3396 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3397 {
3398 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd, syms[idx]))
3399 continue;
3400 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx]))
3401 num_locals++;
3402 else
3403 num_globals++;
3404 }
3405
3406 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3407 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3408 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3409 at least in that case. */
3410 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3411 {
3412 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3413 {
3414 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol))
3415 num_locals++;
3416 else
3417 num_globals++;
3418 }
3419 }
3420
3421 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3422 new_syms = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_locals + num_globals, sizeof (asymbol *));
3423
3424 if (new_syms == NULL)
3425 return FALSE;
3426
3427 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3428 {
3429 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3430 unsigned int i;
3431
3432 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym))
3433 continue;
3434 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3435 i = num_locals2++;
3436 else
3437 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3438 new_syms[i] = sym;
3439 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3440 }
3441 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3442 {
3443 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3444 {
3445 asymbol *sym = asect->symbol;
3446 unsigned int i;
3447
3448 sect_syms[asect->index] = sym;
3449 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3450 i = num_locals2++;
3451 else
3452 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3453 new_syms[i] = sym;
3454 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3455 }
3456 }
3457
3458 bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals);
3459
3460 elf_num_locals (abfd) = num_locals;
3461 elf_num_globals (abfd) = num_globals;
3462 return TRUE;
3463 }
3464
3465 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3466 ELF data structure. */
3467
3468 static inline file_ptr
3469 align_file_position (file_ptr off, int align)
3470 {
3471 return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1);
3472 }
3473
3474 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3475 required section alignment. */
3476
3477 file_ptr
3478 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp,
3479 file_ptr offset,
3480 bfd_boolean align)
3481 {
3482 if (align)
3483 {
3484 unsigned int al;
3485
3486 al = i_shdrp->sh_addralign;
3487 if (al > 1)
3488 offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, al);
3489 }
3490 i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset;
3491 if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL)
3492 i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset;
3493 if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
3494 offset += i_shdrp->sh_size;
3495 return offset;
3496 }
3497
3498 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3499 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3500 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3501
3502 bfd_boolean
3503 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd *abfd,
3504 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
3505 {
3506 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3507 bfd_boolean failed;
3508 struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab = NULL;
3509 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr;
3510
3511 if (abfd->output_has_begun)
3512 return TRUE;
3513
3514 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3515 if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing)
3516 (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info);
3517
3518 if (! prep_headers (abfd))
3519 return FALSE;
3520
3521 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3522 if (bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers)
3523 (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info);
3524
3525 failed = FALSE;
3526 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &failed);
3527 if (failed)
3528 return FALSE;
3529
3530 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd, link_info))
3531 return FALSE;
3532
3533 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3534 if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
3535 {
3536 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3537 int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC));
3538
3539 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p))
3540 return FALSE;
3541 }
3542
3543 if (link_info == NULL)
3544 {
3545 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bfd_elf_set_group_contents, &failed);
3546 if (failed)
3547 return FALSE;
3548 }
3549
3550 shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
3551 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3552 shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
3553 shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
3554 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
3555 shstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3556 shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
3557 shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
3558 shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
3559 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3560 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
3561
3562 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, link_info))
3563 return FALSE;
3564
3565 if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
3566 {
3567 file_ptr off;
3568 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
3569
3570 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
3571
3572 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
3573 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3574
3575 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
3576 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
3577 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3578
3579 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
3580 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3581
3582 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
3583
3584 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3585 out. */
3586 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
3587 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, strtab))
3588 return FALSE;
3589 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab);
3590 }
3591
3592 abfd->output_has_begun = TRUE;
3593
3594 return TRUE;
3595 }
3596
3597 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
3598 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
3599
3600 static bfd_size_type
3601 get_program_header_size (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3602 {
3603 size_t segs;
3604 asection *s;
3605 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3606
3607 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
3608 and one for data. */
3609 segs = 2;
3610
3611 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
3612 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3613 {
3614 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
3615 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
3616 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
3617 targets. */
3618 segs += 2;
3619 }
3620
3621 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
3622 {
3623 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3624 ++segs;
3625
3626 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->relro)
3627 {
3628 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when there is a
3629 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3630 ++segs;
3631 }
3632 }
3633
3634 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr)
3635 {
3636 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
3637 ++segs;
3638 }
3639
3640 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags)
3641 {
3642 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
3643 ++segs;
3644 }
3645
3646 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3647 {
3648 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3649 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
3650 {
3651 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
3652 ++segs;
3653 }
3654 }
3655
3656 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3657 {
3658 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3659 {
3660 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
3661 ++segs;
3662 break;
3663 }
3664 }
3665
3666 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
3667 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3668 if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers)
3669 {
3670 int a;
3671
3672 a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd, info);
3673 if (a == -1)
3674 abort ();
3675 segs += a;
3676 }
3677
3678 return segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
3679 }
3680
3681 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3682
3683 static struct elf_segment_map *
3684 make_mapping (bfd *abfd,
3685 asection **sections,
3686 unsigned int from,
3687 unsigned int to,
3688 bfd_boolean phdr)
3689 {
3690 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3691 unsigned int i;
3692 asection **hdrpp;
3693 bfd_size_type amt;
3694
3695 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3696 amt += (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
3697 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3698 if (m == NULL)
3699 return NULL;
3700 m->next = NULL;
3701 m->p_type = PT_LOAD;
3702 for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++)
3703 m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp;
3704 m->count = to - from;
3705
3706 if (from == 0 && phdr)
3707 {
3708 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3709 m->includes_filehdr = 1;
3710 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
3711 }
3712
3713 return m;
3714 }
3715
3716 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3717 on failure. */
3718
3719 struct elf_segment_map *
3720 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd *abfd, asection *dynsec)
3721 {
3722 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3723
3724 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map));
3725 if (m == NULL)
3726 return NULL;
3727 m->next = NULL;
3728 m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC;
3729 m->count = 1;
3730 m->sections[0] = dynsec;
3731
3732 return m;
3733 }
3734
3735 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
3736
3737 static bfd_boolean
3738 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3739 {
3740 struct elf_segment_map **m;
3741 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3742
3743 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
3744 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
3745 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
3746 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
3747 removed. */
3748 m = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
3749 while (*m)
3750 {
3751 unsigned int i, new_count;
3752
3753 for (new_count = 0, i = 0; i < (*m)->count; i++)
3754 {
3755 if (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
3756 && (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3757 || (*m)->p_type != PT_LOAD))
3758 {
3759 (*m)->sections[new_count] = (*m)->sections[i];
3760 new_count++;
3761 }
3762 }
3763 (*m)->count = new_count;
3764
3765 if ((*m)->p_type == PT_LOAD && (*m)->count == 0)
3766 *m = (*m)->next;
3767 else
3768 m = &(*m)->next;
3769 }
3770
3771 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3772 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map != NULL)
3773 {
3774 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd, info))
3775 return FALSE;
3776 }
3777
3778 return TRUE;
3779 }
3780
3781 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3782
3783 bfd_boolean
3784 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3785 {
3786 unsigned int count;
3787 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3788 asection **sections = NULL;
3789 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3790
3791 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map == NULL
3792 && bfd_count_sections (abfd) != 0)
3793 {
3794 asection *s;
3795 unsigned int i;
3796 struct elf_segment_map *mfirst;
3797 struct elf_segment_map **pm;
3798 asection *last_hdr;
3799 bfd_vma last_size;
3800 unsigned int phdr_index;
3801 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
3802 asection **hdrpp;
3803 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment = TRUE;
3804 bfd_boolean writable;
3805 int tls_count = 0;
3806 asection *first_tls = NULL;
3807 asection *dynsec, *eh_frame_hdr;
3808 bfd_size_type amt;
3809
3810 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3811
3812 sections = bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd), sizeof (asection *));
3813 if (sections == NULL)
3814 goto error_return;
3815
3816 i = 0;
3817 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3818 {
3819 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
3820 {
3821 sections[i] = s;
3822 ++i;
3823 }
3824 }
3825 BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd));
3826 count = i;
3827
3828 qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections);
3829
3830 /* Build the mapping. */
3831
3832 mfirst = NULL;
3833 pm = &mfirst;
3834
3835 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3836 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3837 section. */
3838 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
3839 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3840 {
3841 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3842 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3843 if (m == NULL)
3844 goto error_return;
3845 m->next = NULL;
3846 m->p_type = PT_PHDR;
3847 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3848 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X;
3849 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3850 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
3851
3852 *pm = m;
3853 pm = &m->next;
3854
3855 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3856 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3857 if (m == NULL)
3858 goto error_return;
3859 m->next = NULL;
3860 m->p_type = PT_INTERP;
3861 m->count = 1;
3862 m->sections[0] = s;
3863
3864 *pm = m;
3865 pm = &m->next;
3866 }
3867
3868 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3869 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3870 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3871 last_hdr = NULL;
3872 last_size = 0;
3873 phdr_index = 0;
3874 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
3875 writable = FALSE;
3876 dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
3877 if (dynsec != NULL
3878 && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
3879 dynsec = NULL;
3880
3881 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
3882 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
3883 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
3884 program headers we will need. */
3885 if (count > 0)
3886 {
3887 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
3888
3889 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
3890 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
3891 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0
3892 || sections[0]->lma < phdr_size
3893 || sections[0]->lma % maxpagesize < phdr_size % maxpagesize)
3894 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
3895 }
3896
3897 for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++)
3898 {
3899 asection *hdr;
3900 bfd_boolean new_segment;
3901
3902 hdr = *hdrpp;
3903
3904 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
3905 segment. */
3906
3907 if (last_hdr == NULL)
3908 {
3909 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
3910 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
3911 new_segment = FALSE;
3912 }
3913 else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma)
3914 {
3915 /* If this section has a different relation between the
3916 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
3917 segment. */
3918 new_segment = TRUE;
3919 }
3920 else if (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize)
3921 < BFD_ALIGN (hdr->lma, maxpagesize))
3922 {
3923 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
3924 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
3925 new_segment = TRUE;
3926 }
3927 else if ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0
3928 && (hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) != 0)
3929 {
3930 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
3931 nonloadable section in the same segment.
3932 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
3933 new_segment = TRUE;
3934 }
3935 else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)
3936 {
3937 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
3938 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
3939 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
3940 new_segment = FALSE;
3941 }
3942 else if (! writable
3943 && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0
3944 && (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1)
3945 & ~(maxpagesize - 1))
3946 != (hdr->lma & ~(maxpagesize - 1))))
3947 {
3948 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
3949 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
3950 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
3951 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
3952 only case in which the new section is not on the same
3953 page as the previous section is when the previous section
3954 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
3955 new_segment = TRUE;
3956 }
3957 else
3958 {
3959 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
3960 new_segment = FALSE;
3961 }
3962
3963 if (! new_segment)
3964 {
3965 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
3966 writable = TRUE;
3967 last_hdr = hdr;
3968 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3969 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD))
3970 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3971 last_size = hdr->size;
3972 else
3973 last_size = 0;
3974 continue;
3975 }
3976
3977 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
3978 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
3979
3980 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
3981 if (m == NULL)
3982 goto error_return;
3983
3984 *pm = m;
3985 pm = &m->next;
3986
3987 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
3988 writable = TRUE;
3989 else
3990 writable = FALSE;
3991
3992 last_hdr = hdr;
3993 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3994 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3995 last_size = hdr->size;
3996 else
3997 last_size = 0;
3998 phdr_index = i;
3999 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
4000 }
4001
4002 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment. */
4003 if (last_hdr != NULL)
4004 {
4005 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
4006 if (m == NULL)
4007 goto error_return;
4008
4009 *pm = m;
4010 pm = &m->next;
4011 }
4012
4013 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4014 if (dynsec != NULL)
4015 {
4016 m = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd, dynsec);
4017 if (m == NULL)
4018 goto error_return;
4019 *pm = m;
4020 pm = &m->next;
4021 }
4022
4023 /* For each loadable .note section, add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't
4024 use bfd_get_section_by_name, because if we link together
4025 nonloadable .note sections and loadable .note sections, we will
4026 generate two .note sections in the output file. FIXME: Using
4027 names for section types is bogus anyhow. */
4028 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4029 {
4030 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4031 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
4032 {
4033 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4034 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4035 if (m == NULL)
4036 goto error_return;
4037 m->next = NULL;
4038 m->p_type = PT_NOTE;
4039 m->count = 1;
4040 m->sections[0] = s;
4041
4042 *pm = m;
4043 pm = &m->next;
4044 }
4045 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4046 {
4047 if (! tls_count)
4048 first_tls = s;
4049 tls_count++;
4050 }
4051 }
4052
4053 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
4054 if (tls_count > 0)
4055 {
4056 int i;
4057
4058 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4059 amt += (tls_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
4060 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4061 if (m == NULL)
4062 goto error_return;
4063 m->next = NULL;
4064 m->p_type = PT_TLS;
4065 m->count = tls_count;
4066 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4067 m->p_flags = PF_R;
4068 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4069 for (i = 0; i < tls_count; ++i)
4070 {
4071 BFD_ASSERT (first_tls->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL);
4072 m->sections[i] = first_tls;
4073 first_tls = first_tls->next;
4074 }
4075
4076 *pm = m;
4077 pm = &m->next;
4078 }
4079
4080 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
4081 segment. */
4082 eh_frame_hdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr;
4083 if (eh_frame_hdr != NULL
4084 && (eh_frame_hdr->output_section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4085 {
4086 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4087 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4088 if (m == NULL)
4089 goto error_return;
4090 m->next = NULL;
4091 m->p_type = PT_GNU_EH_FRAME;
4092 m->count = 1;
4093 m->sections[0] = eh_frame_hdr->output_section;
4094
4095 *pm = m;
4096 pm = &m->next;
4097 }
4098
4099 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags)
4100 {
4101 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4102 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4103 if (m == NULL)
4104 goto error_return;
4105 m->next = NULL;
4106 m->p_type = PT_GNU_STACK;
4107 m->p_flags = elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags;
4108 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4109
4110 *pm = m;
4111 pm = &m->next;
4112 }
4113
4114 if (dynsec != NULL && elf_tdata (abfd)->relro)
4115 {
4116 /* We make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when there is a
4117 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4118 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4119 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4120 if (m == NULL)
4121 goto error_return;
4122 m->next = NULL;
4123 m->p_type = PT_GNU_RELRO;
4124 m->p_flags = PF_R;
4125 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4126
4127 *pm = m;
4128 pm = &m->next;
4129 }
4130
4131 free (sections);
4132 elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map = mfirst;
4133 }
4134
4135 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, info))
4136 return FALSE;
4137
4138 for (count = 0, m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
4139 ++count;
4140 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = count * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4141
4142 return TRUE;
4143
4144 error_return:
4145 if (sections != NULL)
4146 free (sections);
4147 return FALSE;
4148 }
4149
4150 /* Sort sections by address. */
4151
4152 static int
4153 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4154 {
4155 const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1;
4156 const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2;
4157 bfd_size_type size1, size2;
4158
4159 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
4160 place the section into a segment. */
4161 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
4162 return -1;
4163 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
4164 return 1;
4165
4166 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
4167 the same, and this will do nothing. */
4168 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
4169 return -1;
4170 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
4171 return 1;
4172
4173 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
4174
4175 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
4176
4177 if (TOEND (sec1))
4178 {
4179 if (TOEND (sec2))
4180 {
4181 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
4182 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
4183 if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0)
4184 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
4185 }
4186 else
4187 return 1;
4188 }
4189 else if (TOEND (sec2))
4190 return -1;
4191
4192 #undef TOEND
4193
4194 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
4195 before others at the same address. */
4196
4197 size1 = (sec1->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec1->size : 0;
4198 size2 = (sec2->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec2->size : 0;
4199
4200 if (size1 < size2)
4201 return -1;
4202 if (size1 > size2)
4203 return 1;
4204
4205 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
4206 }
4207
4208 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
4209
4210 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
4211 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
4212 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
4213 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
4214 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4215 which is wrong.
4216
4217 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4218 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4219 the page size.'' */
4220 /* In other words, something like:
4221
4222 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4223 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4224 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4225 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4226 else
4227 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4228
4229 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4230
4231 static file_ptr
4232 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma, ufile_ptr off, bfd_vma maxpagesize)
4233 {
4234 return ((vma - off) % maxpagesize);
4235 }
4236
4237 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4238 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4239 the file header. */
4240
4241 static bfd_boolean
4242 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
4243 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4244 {
4245 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4246 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4247 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
4248 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
4249 file_ptr off, voff;
4250 bfd_size_type maxpagesize;
4251 unsigned int alloc;
4252 unsigned int i;
4253
4254 if (link_info == NULL
4255 && !elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, link_info))
4256 return FALSE;
4257
4258 alloc = 0;
4259 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
4260 ++alloc;
4261
4262 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4263 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4264 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = alloc;
4265
4266 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
4267 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4268 else
4269 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size
4270 == alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr);
4271
4272 if (alloc == 0)
4273 {
4274 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4275 return TRUE;
4276 }
4277
4278 phdrs = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, alloc, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
4279 elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs;
4280 if (phdrs == NULL)
4281 return FALSE;
4282
4283 maxpagesize = 1;
4284 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4285 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
4286
4287 off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4288 off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4289
4290 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
4291 m != NULL;
4292 m = m->next, p++)
4293 {
4294 asection **secpp;
4295
4296 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4297 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4298 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4299 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4300 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4301 if (m->count > 1
4302 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type == ET_CORE
4303 && m->p_type == PT_NOTE))
4304 qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *),
4305 elf_sort_sections);
4306
4307 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4308 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4309 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4310 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4311 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. VOFF is
4312 an adjustment we use for segments that have no file contents
4313 but need zero filled memory allocation. */
4314 voff = 0;
4315 p->p_type = m->p_type;
4316 p->p_flags = m->p_flags;
4317
4318 if (m->count == 0)
4319 p->p_vaddr = 0;
4320 else
4321 p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma;
4322
4323 if (m->p_paddr_valid)
4324 p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr;
4325 else if (m->count == 0)
4326 p->p_paddr = 0;
4327 else
4328 p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma;
4329
4330 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4331 && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4332 {
4333 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
4334 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
4335 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
4336 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
4337 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
4338 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
4339 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
4340 segment. */
4341 if (m->p_align_valid)
4342 maxpagesize = m->p_align;
4343
4344 p->p_align = maxpagesize;
4345 }
4346 else if (m->count == 0)
4347 p->p_align = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
4348 else
4349 p->p_align = 0;
4350
4351 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4352 && m->count > 0)
4353 {
4354 bfd_size_type align;
4355 bfd_vma adjust;
4356 unsigned int align_power = 0;
4357
4358 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4359 {
4360 unsigned int secalign;
4361
4362 secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp);
4363 if (secalign > align_power)
4364 align_power = secalign;
4365 }
4366 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << align_power;
4367
4368 if (align < maxpagesize)
4369 align = maxpagesize;
4370
4371 adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (m->sections[0]->vma, off, align);
4372 off += adjust;
4373 if (adjust != 0
4374 && !m->includes_filehdr
4375 && !m->includes_phdrs
4376 && (ufile_ptr) off >= align)
4377 {
4378 /* If the first section isn't loadable, the same holds for
4379 any other sections. Since the segment won't need file
4380 space, we can make p_offset overlap some prior segment.
4381 However, .tbss is special. If a segment starts with
4382 .tbss, we need to look at the next section to decide
4383 whether the segment has any loadable sections. */
4384 i = 0;
4385 while ((m->sections[i]->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0
4386 && (m->sections[i]->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
4387 {
4388 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0
4389 || ++i >= m->count)
4390 {
4391 off -= adjust;
4392 voff = adjust - align;
4393 break;
4394 }
4395 }
4396 }
4397 }
4398 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4399 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4400 else if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC
4401 && m->count > 1
4402 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") != 0)
4403 {
4404 _bfd_error_handler
4405 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4406 abfd);
4407 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4408 return FALSE;
4409 }
4410
4411 p->p_offset = 0;
4412 p->p_filesz = 0;
4413 p->p_memsz = 0;
4414
4415 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4416 {
4417 if (! m->p_flags_valid)
4418 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4419 p->p_offset = 0;
4420 p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4421 p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4422 if (m->count > 0)
4423 {
4424 BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
4425
4426 if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off)
4427 {
4428 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4429 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4430 abfd);
4431 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4432 return FALSE;
4433 }
4434
4435 p->p_vaddr -= off;
4436 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4437 p->p_paddr -= off;
4438 }
4439 }
4440
4441 if (m->includes_phdrs)
4442 {
4443 if (! m->p_flags_valid)
4444 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4445
4446 if (!m->includes_filehdr)
4447 {
4448 p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4449
4450 if (m->count > 0)
4451 {
4452 BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
4453 p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4454 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4455 p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4456 }
4457 }
4458
4459 p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4460 p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4461 }
4462
4463 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4464 || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core))
4465 {
4466 if (! m->includes_filehdr && ! m->includes_phdrs)
4467 p->p_offset = off + voff;
4468 else
4469 {
4470 file_ptr adjust;
4471
4472 adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz);
4473 p->p_filesz += adjust;
4474 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4475 }
4476 }
4477
4478 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
4479 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
4480 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
4481 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
4482 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
4483 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4484 {
4485 asection *sec;
4486 flagword flags;
4487 bfd_size_type align;
4488
4489 sec = *secpp;
4490 flags = sec->flags;
4491 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec);
4492
4493 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4494 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4495 {
4496 bfd_signed_vma adjust;
4497
4498 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4499 {
4500 adjust = sec->lma - (p->p_paddr + p->p_filesz);
4501 if (adjust < 0)
4502 {
4503 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4504 (_("%B: section %A lma 0x%lx overlaps previous sections"),
4505 abfd, sec, (unsigned long) sec->lma);
4506 adjust = 0;
4507 }
4508 off += adjust;
4509 p->p_filesz += adjust;
4510 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4511 }
4512 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4513 normal segments. */
4514 else if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4515 && ((flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0
4516 || p->p_type == PT_TLS))
4517 {
4518 /* The section VMA must equal the file position
4519 modulo the page size. */
4520 bfd_size_type page = align;
4521 if (page < maxpagesize)
4522 page = maxpagesize;
4523 adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (sec->vma,
4524 p->p_vaddr + p->p_memsz,
4525 page);
4526 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4527 }
4528 }
4529
4530 if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
4531 {
4532 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4533 everything. */
4534 if (i == 0)
4535 {
4536 sec->filepos = off;
4537 off += sec->size;
4538 p->p_filesz = sec->size;
4539 p->p_memsz = 0;
4540 p->p_align = 1;
4541 }
4542 else
4543 {
4544 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4545 sec->filepos = 0;
4546 sec->size = 0;
4547 sec->flags = 0;
4548 continue;
4549 }
4550 }
4551 else
4552 {
4553 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
4554 {
4555 sec->filepos = off + voff;
4556 /* FIXME: The SEC_HAS_CONTENTS test here dates back to
4557 1997, and the exact reason for it isn't clear. One
4558 plausible explanation is that it is to work around
4559 a problem we have with linker scripts using data
4560 statements in NOLOAD sections. I don't think it
4561 makes a great deal of sense to have such a section
4562 assigned to a PT_LOAD segment, but apparently
4563 people do this. The data statement results in a
4564 bfd_data_link_order being built, and these need
4565 section contents to write into. Eventually, we get
4566 to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents which writes any
4567 section with contents to the output. Make room
4568 here for the write, so that following segments are
4569 not trashed. */
4570 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4571 || (flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0)
4572 off += sec->size;
4573 }
4574
4575 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4576 {
4577 p->p_filesz += sec->size;
4578 p->p_memsz += sec->size;
4579 }
4580
4581 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4582 normal segments. */
4583 else if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4584 && ((flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0
4585 || p->p_type == PT_TLS))
4586 p->p_memsz += sec->size;
4587
4588 if (p->p_type == PT_TLS
4589 && sec->size == 0
4590 && (sec->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
4591 {
4592 struct bfd_link_order *o = sec->map_tail.link_order;
4593 if (o != NULL)
4594 p->p_memsz += o->offset + o->size;
4595 }
4596
4597 if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
4598 p->p_align = 1;
4599 else if (align > p->p_align
4600 && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
4601 || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0))
4602 p->p_align = align;
4603 }
4604
4605 if (! m->p_flags_valid)
4606 {
4607 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4608 if ((flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
4609 p->p_flags |= PF_X;
4610 if ((flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
4611 p->p_flags |= PF_W;
4612 }
4613 }
4614 }
4615
4616 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4617 return TRUE;
4618 }
4619
4620 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4621
4622 static bfd_boolean
4623 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
4624 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4625 {
4626 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4627 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrpp;
4628 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
4629 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
4630 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
4631 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4632 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr;
4633 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr;
4634 file_ptr off;
4635 unsigned int num_sec;
4636 unsigned int i;
4637 unsigned int count;
4638
4639 i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4640 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4641 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
4642 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
4643 {
4644 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
4645 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4646
4647 hdr = *hdrpp;
4648 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
4649 && (hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0
4650 || (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
4651 && hdr->contents == NULL)))
4652 hdr->sh_offset = hdr->bfd_section->filepos;
4653 else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4654 {
4655 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4656 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
4657 abfd,
4658 (hdr->bfd_section == NULL
4659 ? "*unknown*"
4660 : hdr->bfd_section->name)));
4661 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4662 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
4663 bed->maxpagesize);
4664 else
4665 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
4666 hdr->sh_addralign);
4667 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off,
4668 FALSE);
4669 }
4670 else if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4671 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
4672 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_section]
4673 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_shndx_section]
4674 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->strtab_section])
4675 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
4676 else
4677 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4678
4679 if (i == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
4680 {
4681 i += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4682 hdrpp += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4683 }
4684 }
4685
4686 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
4687 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
4688 count = 0;
4689 filehdr_vaddr = 0;
4690 filehdr_paddr = 0;
4691 phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4692 phdrs_paddr = 0;
4693 phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
4694 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
4695 m != NULL;
4696 m = m->next, p++)
4697 {
4698 ++count;
4699 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD)
4700 continue;
4701
4702 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4703 {
4704 filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
4705 filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr;
4706 }
4707 if (m->includes_phdrs)
4708 {
4709 phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
4710 phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr;
4711 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4712 {
4713 phdrs_vaddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4714 phdrs_paddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4715 }
4716 }
4717 }
4718
4719 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
4720 m != NULL;
4721 m = m->next, p++)
4722 {
4723 if (m->count != 0)
4724 {
4725 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
4726 && (p->p_type != PT_NOTE || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core))
4727 {
4728 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4729 BFD_ASSERT (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs);
4730
4731 hdr = &elf_section_data (m->sections[m->count - 1])->this_hdr;
4732 p->p_filesz = (m->sections[m->count - 1]->filepos
4733 - m->sections[0]->filepos);
4734 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4735 p->p_filesz += hdr->sh_size;
4736
4737 p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos;
4738 }
4739 }
4740 else
4741 {
4742 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4743 {
4744 p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr;
4745 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4746 p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr;
4747 }
4748 else if (m->includes_phdrs)
4749 {
4750 p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr;
4751 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4752 p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr;
4753 }
4754 else if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
4755 {
4756 Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp;
4757
4758 for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp)
4759 {
4760 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
4761 && lp->p_vaddr <= link_info->relro_end
4762 && lp->p_vaddr >= link_info->relro_start
4763 && (lp->p_vaddr + lp->p_filesz
4764 >= link_info->relro_end))
4765 break;
4766 }
4767
4768 if (lp < phdrs + count
4769 && link_info->relro_end > lp->p_vaddr)
4770 {
4771 p->p_vaddr = lp->p_vaddr;
4772 p->p_paddr = lp->p_paddr;
4773 p->p_offset = lp->p_offset;
4774 p->p_filesz = link_info->relro_end - lp->p_vaddr;
4775 p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz;
4776 p->p_align = 1;
4777 p->p_flags = (lp->p_flags & ~PF_W);
4778 }
4779 else
4780 {
4781 memset (p, 0, sizeof *p);
4782 p->p_type = PT_NULL;
4783 }
4784 }
4785 }
4786 }
4787
4788 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4789
4790 return TRUE;
4791 }
4792
4793 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
4794 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
4795 VMAs must be known before this is called.
4796
4797 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
4798 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
4799 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
4800 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
4801 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
4802 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
4803 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
4804
4805 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
4806
4807 static bfd_boolean
4808 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *abfd,
4809 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4810 {
4811 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
4812 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4813 file_ptr off;
4814 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4815
4816 if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0
4817 && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
4818 {
4819 Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4820 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4821 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
4822 unsigned int i;
4823
4824 /* Start after the ELF header. */
4825 off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize;
4826
4827 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
4828 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
4829 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
4830 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
4831 {
4832 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4833
4834 hdr = *hdrpp;
4835 if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4836 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
4837 || i == tdata->symtab_section
4838 || i == tdata->symtab_shndx_section
4839 || i == tdata->strtab_section)
4840 {
4841 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
4842 }
4843 else
4844 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4845
4846 if (i == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
4847 {
4848 i += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4849 hdrpp += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
4850 }
4851 }
4852 }
4853 else
4854 {
4855 unsigned int alloc;
4856
4857 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
4858 assignment of sections to segments. */
4859 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
4860 return FALSE;
4861
4862 /* And for non-load sections. */
4863 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
4864 return FALSE;
4865
4866 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers != NULL)
4867 {
4868 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers) (abfd, link_info))
4869 return FALSE;
4870 }
4871
4872 /* Write out the program headers. */
4873 alloc = tdata->program_header_size / bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4874 if (bfd_seek (abfd, (bfd_signed_vma) bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0
4875 || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, tdata->phdr, alloc) != 0)
4876 return FALSE;
4877
4878 off = tdata->next_file_pos;
4879 }
4880
4881 /* Place the section headers. */
4882 off = align_file_position (off, 1 << bed->s->log_file_align);
4883 i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off;
4884 off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize;
4885
4886 tdata->next_file_pos = off;
4887
4888 return TRUE;
4889 }
4890
4891 static bfd_boolean
4892 prep_headers (bfd *abfd)
4893 {
4894 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
4895 Elf_Internal_Phdr *i_phdrp = 0; /* Program header table, internal form */
4896 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; /* Section header table, internal form */
4897 struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab;
4898 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4899
4900 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4901 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4902
4903 shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
4904 if (shstrtab == NULL)
4905 return FALSE;
4906
4907 elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab;
4908
4909 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0;
4910 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1;
4911 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2;
4912 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3;
4913
4914 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass;
4915 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] =
4916 bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB;
4917 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current;
4918
4919 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
4920 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN;
4921 else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0)
4922 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC;
4923 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
4924 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE;
4925 else
4926 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL;
4927
4928 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
4929 {
4930 case bfd_arch_unknown:
4931 i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE;
4932 break;
4933
4934 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
4935 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
4936 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
4937 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
4938 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
4939 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
4940 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
4941 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
4942 default:
4943 i_ehdrp->e_machine = bed->elf_machine_code;
4944 }
4945
4946 i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current;
4947 i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4948
4949 /* No program header, for now. */
4950 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
4951 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
4952 i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0;
4953
4954 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
4955 i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd);
4956 i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr;
4957
4958 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
4959 if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
4960 /* It all happens later. */
4961 ;
4962 else
4963 {
4964 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
4965 i_phdrp = 0;
4966 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
4967 }
4968
4969 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name =
4970 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", FALSE);
4971 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name =
4972 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", FALSE);
4973 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name =
4974 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", FALSE);
4975 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
4976 || elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
4977 || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
4978 return FALSE;
4979
4980 return TRUE;
4981 }
4982
4983 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
4984 of the loadable file image. */
4985
4986 void
4987 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd *abfd)
4988 {
4989 file_ptr off;
4990 unsigned int i, num_sec;
4991 Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp;
4992
4993 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
4994
4995 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4996 for (i = 1, shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1; i < num_sec; i++, shdrpp++)
4997 {
4998 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp;
4999
5000 shdrp = *shdrpp;
5001 if ((shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
5002 && shdrp->sh_offset == -1)
5003 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, TRUE);
5004 }
5005
5006 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
5007 }
5008
5009 bfd_boolean
5010 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd *abfd)
5011 {
5012 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5013 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
5014 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
5015 bfd_boolean failed;
5016 unsigned int count, num_sec;
5017
5018 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
5019 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
5020 return FALSE;
5021
5022 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
5023 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
5024
5025 failed = FALSE;
5026 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed);
5027 if (failed)
5028 return FALSE;
5029
5030 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd);
5031
5032 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
5033 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
5034 for (count = 1; count < num_sec; count++)
5035 {
5036 if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing)
5037 (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]);
5038 if (i_shdrp[count]->contents)
5039 {
5040 bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size;
5041
5042 if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
5043 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt)
5044 return FALSE;
5045 }
5046 if (count == SHN_LORESERVE - 1)
5047 count += SHN_HIRESERVE + 1 - SHN_LORESERVE;
5048 }
5049
5050 /* Write out the section header names. */
5051 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL
5052 && (bfd_seek (abfd, elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
5053 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd))))
5054 return FALSE;
5055
5056 if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing)
5057 (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd,
5058 elf_tdata (abfd)->linker);
5059
5060 return bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd);
5061 }
5062
5063 bfd_boolean
5064 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd *abfd)
5065 {
5066 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
5067 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd);
5068 }
5069
5070 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
5071
5072 int
5073 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_section *asect)
5074 {
5075 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5076 int index;
5077
5078 if (elf_section_data (asect) != NULL
5079 && elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx != 0)
5080 return elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx;
5081
5082 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect))
5083 index = SHN_ABS;
5084 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect))
5085 index = SHN_COMMON;
5086 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect))
5087 index = SHN_UNDEF;
5088 else
5089 index = -1;
5090
5091 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5092 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section)
5093 {
5094 int retval = index;
5095
5096 if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) (abfd, asect, &retval))
5097 return retval;
5098 }
5099
5100 if (index == -1)
5101 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
5102
5103 return index;
5104 }
5105
5106 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
5107 on error. */
5108
5109 int
5110 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr)
5111 {
5112 asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr;
5113 int idx;
5114 flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags;
5115
5116 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
5117 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
5118 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
5119 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
5120 input sections rather than the output section. */
5121 if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0
5122 && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
5123 && asym_ptr->section)
5124 {
5125 asection *sec;
5126 int indx;
5127
5128 sec = asym_ptr->section;
5129 if (sec->owner != abfd && sec->output_section != NULL)
5130 sec = sec->output_section;
5131 if (sec->owner == abfd
5132 && (indx = sec->index) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd)
5133 && elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx] != NULL)
5134 asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i;
5135 }
5136
5137 idx = asym_ptr->udata.i;
5138
5139 if (idx == 0)
5140 {
5141 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5142 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5143 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5144 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5145 abfd, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr));
5146 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols);
5147 return -1;
5148 }
5149
5150 #if DEBUG & 4
5151 {
5152 fprintf (stderr,
5153 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n",
5154 (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, flags,
5155 elf_symbol_flags (flags));
5156 fflush (stderr);
5157 }
5158 #endif
5159
5160 return idx;
5161 }
5162
5163 /* Rewrite program header information. */
5164
5165 static bfd_boolean
5166 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5167 {
5168 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
5169 struct elf_segment_map *map;
5170 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
5171 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
5172 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
5173 asection *section;
5174 unsigned int i;
5175 unsigned int num_segments;
5176 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
5177 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
5178 struct elf_segment_map *phdr_adjust_seg = NULL;
5179 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0;
5180 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5181
5182 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
5183 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
5184
5185 map_first = NULL;
5186 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
5187
5188 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
5189 maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize;
5190
5191 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5192 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5193 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5194 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5195
5196 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5197 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5198 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5199 ? section->size : 0)
5200
5201 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5202 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5203 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5204 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5205 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5206 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5207
5208 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5209 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5210 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5211 (section->lma >= base \
5212 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5213 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5214
5215 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo etc. */
5216 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5217 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5218 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5219 && s->vma == 0 && s->lma == 0 \
5220 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5221 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5222 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5223
5224 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5225 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5226 p_memsz set to 0. */
5227 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5228 (p->p_vaddr == 0 \
5229 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5230 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5231 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5232 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5233 && s->size > 0 \
5234 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5235 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5236 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5237
5238 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5239 A section will be included if:
5240 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5241 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5242 2. It is an allocated segment,
5243 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5244 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5245 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5246 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5247 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5248 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5249 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5250 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5251 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5252 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5253 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5254 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5255 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5256 && section->output_section != NULL \
5257 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5258 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5259 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5260 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5261 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5262 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5263 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5264 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5265 || (segment->p_paddr \
5266 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5267 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5268 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5269 == 0)) \
5270 && ! section->segment_mark)
5271
5272 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5273 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5274 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5275
5276 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5277 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5278 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5279 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5280 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5281 LMA. */
5282 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5283 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5284 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5285 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5286 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5287
5288 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5289 for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next)
5290 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
5291
5292 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5293 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5294 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5295 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5296 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5297 i < num_segments;
5298 i++, segment++)
5299 {
5300 unsigned int j;
5301 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2;
5302
5303 if (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP)
5304 for (section = ibfd->sections; section; section = section->next)
5305 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section))
5306 {
5307 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5308 assignment code will work. */
5309 segment->p_vaddr = section->vma;
5310 break;
5311 }
5312
5313 if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5314 continue;
5315
5316 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5317 for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2 ++)
5318 {
5319 bfd_signed_vma extra_length;
5320
5321 if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD
5322 || ! SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2))
5323 continue;
5324
5325 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5326 if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr)
5327 {
5328 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5329 SEGMENT. */
5330 extra_length =
5331 SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)
5332 - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr);
5333
5334 if (extra_length > 0)
5335 {
5336 segment2->p_memsz += extra_length;
5337 segment2->p_filesz += extra_length;
5338 }
5339
5340 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
5341
5342 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5343 i = 0;
5344 segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5345 break;
5346 }
5347 else
5348 {
5349 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5350 SEGMENT2. */
5351 extra_length =
5352 SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr)
5353 - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr);
5354
5355 if (extra_length > 0)
5356 {
5357 segment->p_memsz += extra_length;
5358 segment->p_filesz += extra_length;
5359 }
5360
5361 segment2->p_type = PT_NULL;
5362 }
5363 }
5364 }
5365
5366 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5367 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5368 i < num_segments;
5369 i ++, segment ++)
5370 {
5371 unsigned int section_count;
5372 asection ** sections;
5373 asection * output_section;
5374 unsigned int isec;
5375 bfd_vma matching_lma;
5376 bfd_vma suggested_lma;
5377 unsigned int j;
5378 bfd_size_type amt;
5379
5380 if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL)
5381 continue;
5382
5383 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5384 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
5385 section != NULL;
5386 section = section->next)
5387 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
5388 ++section_count;
5389
5390 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5391 all of the sections we have selected. */
5392 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5393 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5394 map = bfd_alloc (obfd, amt);
5395 if (map == NULL)
5396 return FALSE;
5397
5398 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5399 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5400 map->next = NULL;
5401 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5402 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5403 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5404 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
5405 map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
5406
5407 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5408 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5409 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
5410 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
5411
5412 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5413
5414 if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5415 {
5416 map->includes_phdrs =
5417 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5418 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
5419 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5420 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
5421
5422 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
5423 phdr_included = TRUE;
5424 }
5425
5426 if (section_count == 0)
5427 {
5428 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5429 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5430 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5431 a warning is produced. */
5432 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD)
5433 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5434 (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5435 ibfd);
5436
5437 map->count = 0;
5438 *pointer_to_map = map;
5439 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5440
5441 continue;
5442 }
5443
5444 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5445 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5446 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5447 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5448
5449 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5450 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5451 input BFD.
5452
5453 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5454 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5455 of the first section.
5456
5457 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5458 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5459 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5460 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5461 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5462
5463 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5464 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5465 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5466 or segments to contain the other sections.
5467
5468 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5469 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5470 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5471
5472 /* Gcc 2.96 miscompiles this code on mips. Don't do casting here
5473 to work around this long long bug. */
5474 sections = bfd_malloc2 (section_count, sizeof (asection *));
5475 if (sections == NULL)
5476 return FALSE;
5477
5478 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5479 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5480 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5481 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5482 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5483 more to do. */
5484 isec = 0;
5485 matching_lma = 0;
5486 suggested_lma = 0;
5487
5488 for (j = 0, section = ibfd->sections;
5489 section != NULL;
5490 section = section->next)
5491 {
5492 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
5493 {
5494 output_section = section->output_section;
5495
5496 sections[j ++] = section;
5497
5498 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
5499 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
5500 correct value. Note - some backends require that
5501 p_paddr be left as zero. */
5502 if (segment->p_paddr == 0
5503 && segment->p_vaddr != 0
5504 && (! bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero)
5505 && isec == 0
5506 && output_section->lma != 0
5507 && (output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr
5508 + (map->includes_filehdr
5509 ? iehdr->e_ehsize
5510 : 0)
5511 + (map->includes_phdrs
5512 ? (iehdr->e_phnum
5513 * iehdr->e_phentsize)
5514 : 0))))
5515 map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr;
5516
5517 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
5518 LMA address of the output section. */
5519 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
5520 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)
5521 || (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero &&
5522 IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section, segment))
5523 )
5524 {
5525 if (matching_lma == 0)
5526 matching_lma = output_section->lma;
5527
5528 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
5529 then it does not overlap any other section within that
5530 segment. */
5531 map->sections[isec ++] = output_section;
5532 }
5533 else if (suggested_lma == 0)
5534 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5535 }
5536 }
5537
5538 BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count);
5539
5540 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
5541 if necessary. */
5542 if (isec == section_count)
5543 {
5544 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
5545 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
5546 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
5547 program header in the input BFD. */
5548 map->count = section_count;
5549 *pointer_to_map = map;
5550 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5551
5552 free (sections);
5553 continue;
5554 }
5555 else
5556 {
5557 if (matching_lma != 0)
5558 {
5559 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
5560 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
5561 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
5562 map->p_paddr = matching_lma;
5563 }
5564 else
5565 {
5566 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
5567 Change the current segment's physical address to match
5568 the LMA of the first section. */
5569 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
5570 }
5571
5572 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
5573 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
5574 if (map->includes_filehdr)
5575 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize;
5576
5577 if (map->includes_phdrs)
5578 {
5579 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize;
5580
5581 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
5582 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
5583 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
5584 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
5585 offset when we know the correct value. */
5586 phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum;
5587 phdr_adjust_seg = map;
5588 }
5589 }
5590
5591 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
5592 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
5593 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
5594 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
5595 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
5596 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
5597 the loop. */
5598 isec = 0;
5599 do
5600 {
5601 map->count = 0;
5602 suggested_lma = 0;
5603
5604 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
5605 for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++)
5606 {
5607 section = sections[j];
5608
5609 if (section == NULL)
5610 continue;
5611
5612 output_section = section->output_section;
5613
5614 BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL);
5615
5616 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
5617 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section))
5618 {
5619 if (map->count == 0)
5620 {
5621 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
5622 the beginning of the segment, then something is
5623 wrong. */
5624 if (output_section->lma !=
5625 (map->p_paddr
5626 + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0)
5627 + (map->includes_phdrs
5628 ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize
5629 : 0)))
5630 abort ();
5631 }
5632 else
5633 {
5634 asection * prev_sec;
5635
5636 prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1];
5637
5638 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
5639 and the start of this section is more than
5640 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
5641 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size,
5642 maxpagesize)
5643 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize))
5644 || ((prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size)
5645 > output_section->lma))
5646 {
5647 if (suggested_lma == 0)
5648 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5649
5650 continue;
5651 }
5652 }
5653
5654 map->sections[map->count++] = output_section;
5655 ++isec;
5656 sections[j] = NULL;
5657 section->segment_mark = TRUE;
5658 }
5659 else if (suggested_lma == 0)
5660 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5661 }
5662
5663 BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0);
5664
5665 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
5666 *pointer_to_map = map;
5667 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5668
5669 if (isec < section_count)
5670 {
5671 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
5672 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
5673 and carry on looping. */
5674 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5675 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5676 map = bfd_alloc (obfd, amt);
5677 if (map == NULL)
5678 {
5679 free (sections);
5680 return FALSE;
5681 }
5682
5683 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
5684 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
5685 not yet been assigned. */
5686 map->next = NULL;
5687 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5688 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5689 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5690 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
5691 map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
5692 map->includes_filehdr = 0;
5693 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5694 }
5695 }
5696 while (isec < section_count);
5697
5698 free (sections);
5699 }
5700
5701 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5702 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5703 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5704 reset the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5705 for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5706 if (map->p_paddr != 0)
5707 break;
5708 if (map == NULL)
5709 for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5710 map->p_paddr_valid = 0;
5711
5712 elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first;
5713
5714 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
5715 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
5716 the offset if necessary. */
5717 if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL)
5718 {
5719 unsigned int count;
5720
5721 for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5722 count++;
5723
5724 if (count > phdr_adjust_num)
5725 phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr
5726 -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize;
5727 }
5728
5729 #undef SEGMENT_END
5730 #undef SECTION_SIZE
5731 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
5732 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
5733 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
5734 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
5735 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
5736 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
5737 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
5738 return TRUE;
5739 }
5740
5741 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
5742
5743 static bfd_boolean
5744 copy_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5745 {
5746 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
5747 struct elf_segment_map *map;
5748 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
5749 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
5750 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
5751 unsigned int i;
5752 unsigned int num_segments;
5753 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
5754
5755 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
5756
5757 map_first = NULL;
5758 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
5759
5760 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
5761 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5762 i < num_segments;
5763 i++, segment++)
5764 {
5765 asection *section;
5766 unsigned int section_count;
5767 bfd_size_type amt;
5768 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
5769
5770 /* FIXME: Do we need to copy PT_NULL segment? */
5771 if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL)
5772 continue;
5773
5774 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
5775 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
5776 section != NULL;
5777 section = section->next)
5778 {
5779 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
5780 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment))
5781 section_count++;
5782 }
5783
5784 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5785 all of the sections we have selected. */
5786 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5787 if (section_count != 0)
5788 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5789 map = bfd_alloc (obfd, amt);
5790 if (map == NULL)
5791 return FALSE;
5792
5793 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
5794 input segment. */
5795 map->next = NULL;
5796 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5797 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5798 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5799 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
5800 map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
5801 map->p_align = segment->p_align;
5802 map->p_align_valid = 1;
5803
5804 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5805 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5806 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
5807 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
5808
5809 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5810 if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5811 {
5812 map->includes_phdrs =
5813 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5814 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
5815 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5816 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
5817
5818 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
5819 phdr_included = TRUE;
5820 }
5821
5822 if (section_count != 0)
5823 {
5824 unsigned int isec = 0;
5825
5826 for (section = ibfd->sections;
5827 section != NULL;
5828 section = section->next)
5829 {
5830 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
5831 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment))
5832 map->sections[isec++] = section->output_section;
5833 }
5834 }
5835
5836 map->count = section_count;
5837 *pointer_to_map = map;
5838 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5839 }
5840
5841 elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first;
5842 return TRUE;
5843 }
5844
5845 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
5846 information. */
5847
5848 static bfd_boolean
5849 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5850 {
5851 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5852 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5853 return TRUE;
5854
5855 if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL)
5856 return TRUE;
5857
5858 if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec)
5859 {
5860 /* Check if any sections in the input BFD covered by ELF program
5861 header are changed. */
5862 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
5863 asection *section, *osec;
5864 unsigned int i, num_segments;
5865 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
5866
5867 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
5868 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
5869 section = section->next)
5870 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
5871
5872 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
5873 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5874 i < num_segments;
5875 i++, segment++)
5876 {
5877 for (section = ibfd->sections;
5878 section != NULL; section = section->next)
5879 {
5880 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
5881 from the input BFD. */
5882 osec = section->output_section;
5883 if (osec)
5884 osec->segment_mark = TRUE;
5885
5886 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
5887 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
5888 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment))
5889 {
5890 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
5891 removed. What else do we need to check? */
5892 if (osec == NULL
5893 || section->flags != osec->flags
5894 || section->lma != osec->lma
5895 || section->vma != osec->vma
5896 || section->size != osec->size
5897 || section->rawsize != osec->rawsize
5898 || section->alignment_power != osec->alignment_power)
5899 goto rewrite;
5900 }
5901 }
5902 }
5903
5904 /* Check to see if any output section doesn't come from the
5905 input BFD. */
5906 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
5907 section = section->next)
5908 {
5909 if (section->segment_mark == FALSE)
5910 goto rewrite;
5911 else
5912 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
5913 }
5914
5915 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
5916 }
5917
5918 rewrite:
5919 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
5920 }
5921
5922 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
5923
5924 bfd_boolean
5925 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
5926 asection *isec,
5927 bfd *obfd,
5928 asection *osec,
5929 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
5930
5931 {
5932 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
5933 bfd_boolean need_group = link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable;
5934
5935 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5936 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5937 return TRUE;
5938
5939 /* Don't copy the output ELF section type from input if the
5940 output BFD section flags have been set to something different.
5941 elf_fake_sections will set ELF section type based on BFD
5942 section flags. */
5943 if (osec->flags == isec->flags
5944 || (osec->flags == 0 && elf_section_type (osec) == SHT_NULL))
5945 elf_section_type (osec) = elf_section_type (isec);
5946
5947 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
5948 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
5949 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
5950 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
5951 if (need_group)
5952 {
5953 if (elf_sec_group (isec) == NULL
5954 || (elf_sec_group (isec)->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
5955 {
5956 if (elf_section_flags (isec) & SHF_GROUP)
5957 elf_section_flags (osec) |= SHF_GROUP;
5958 elf_next_in_group (osec) = elf_next_in_group (isec);
5959 elf_group_name (osec) = elf_group_name (isec);
5960 }
5961 }
5962
5963 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
5964
5965 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
5966 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
5967 may be NULL at this point. */
5968 if ((ihdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
5969 {
5970 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
5971 ohdr->sh_flags |= SHF_LINK_ORDER;
5972 elf_linked_to_section (osec) = elf_linked_to_section (isec);
5973 }
5974
5975 osec->use_rela_p = isec->use_rela_p;
5976
5977 return TRUE;
5978 }
5979
5980 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
5981 field, and sometimes the info field. */
5982
5983 bfd_boolean
5984 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
5985 asection *isec,
5986 bfd *obfd,
5987 asection *osec)
5988 {
5989 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
5990
5991 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5992 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5993 return TRUE;
5994
5995 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
5996 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
5997
5998 ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize;
5999
6000 if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
6001 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM
6002 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed
6003 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef)
6004 ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info;
6005
6006 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec,
6007 NULL);
6008 }
6009
6010 /* Copy private header information. */
6011
6012 bfd_boolean
6013 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6014 {
6015 asection *isec;
6016
6017 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6018 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6019 return TRUE;
6020
6021 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
6022 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
6023 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
6024 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
6025 already been worked out. */
6026 if (elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map == NULL && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL)
6027 {
6028 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
6029 return FALSE;
6030 }
6031
6032 /* _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data copied over the SHF_GROUP flag
6033 but this might be wrong if we deleted the group section. */
6034 for (isec = ibfd->sections; isec != NULL; isec = isec->next)
6035 if (elf_section_type (isec) == SHT_GROUP
6036 && isec->output_section == NULL)
6037 {
6038 asection *first = elf_next_in_group (isec);
6039 asection *s = first;
6040 while (s != NULL)
6041 {
6042 if (s->output_section != NULL)
6043 {
6044 elf_section_flags (s->output_section) &= ~SHF_GROUP;
6045 elf_group_name (s->output_section) = NULL;
6046 }
6047 s = elf_next_in_group (s);
6048 if (s == first)
6049 break;
6050 }
6051 }
6052
6053 return TRUE;
6054 }
6055
6056 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
6057 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
6058 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
6059 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
6060 swap_out_syms function. */
6061
6062 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
6063 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
6064 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
6065 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
6066 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
6067
6068 bfd_boolean
6069 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd *ibfd,
6070 asymbol *isymarg,
6071 bfd *obfd,
6072 asymbol *osymarg)
6073 {
6074 elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym;
6075
6076 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6077 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6078 return TRUE;
6079
6080 isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg);
6081 osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg);
6082
6083 if (isym != NULL
6084 && osym != NULL
6085 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section))
6086 {
6087 unsigned int shndx;
6088
6089 shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
6090 if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd))
6091 shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB;
6092 else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd))
6093 shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB;
6094 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->strtab_section)
6095 shndx = MAP_STRTAB;
6096 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->shstrtab_section)
6097 shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB;
6098 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_section)
6099 shndx = MAP_SYM_SHNDX;
6100 osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx;
6101 }
6102
6103 return TRUE;
6104 }
6105
6106 /* Swap out the symbols. */
6107
6108 static bfd_boolean
6109 swap_out_syms (bfd *abfd,
6110 struct bfd_strtab_hash **sttp,
6111 int relocatable_p)
6112 {
6113 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6114 int symcount;
6115 asymbol **syms;
6116 struct bfd_strtab_hash *stt;
6117 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6118 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_shndx_hdr;
6119 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr;
6120 bfd_byte *outbound_syms;
6121 bfd_byte *outbound_shndx;
6122 int idx;
6123 bfd_size_type amt;
6124 bfd_boolean name_local_sections;
6125
6126 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd))
6127 return FALSE;
6128
6129 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
6130 stt = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
6131 if (stt == NULL)
6132 return FALSE;
6133
6134 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6135 symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
6136 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
6137 symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB;
6138 symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6139 symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1);
6140 symtab_hdr->sh_info = elf_num_locals (abfd) + 1;
6141 symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
6142
6143 symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
6144 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
6145
6146 outbound_syms = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, bed->s->sizeof_sym);
6147 if (outbound_syms == NULL)
6148 {
6149 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6150 return FALSE;
6151 }
6152 symtab_hdr->contents = outbound_syms;
6153
6154 outbound_shndx = NULL;
6155 symtab_shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
6156 if (symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_name != 0)
6157 {
6158 amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6159 outbound_shndx = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount,
6160 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
6161 if (outbound_shndx == NULL)
6162 {
6163 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6164 return FALSE;
6165 }
6166
6167 symtab_shndx_hdr->contents = outbound_shndx;
6168 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX;
6169 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_size = amt;
6170 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_addralign = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6171 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6172 }
6173
6174 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
6175 {
6176 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
6177 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
6178 sym.st_name = 0;
6179 sym.st_value = 0;
6180 sym.st_size = 0;
6181 sym.st_info = 0;
6182 sym.st_other = 0;
6183 sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
6184 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
6185 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6186 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
6187 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6188 }
6189
6190 name_local_sections
6191 = (bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
6192 && bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd));
6193
6194 syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
6195 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
6196 {
6197 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
6198 bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value;
6199 elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
6200 flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags;
6201 int type;
6202
6203 if (!name_local_sections
6204 && (flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_GLOBAL)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM)
6205 {
6206 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
6207 sym.st_name = 0;
6208 }
6209 else
6210 {
6211 sym.st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt,
6212 syms[idx]->name,
6213 TRUE, FALSE);
6214 if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1)
6215 {
6216 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6217 return FALSE;
6218 }
6219 }
6220
6221 type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]);
6222
6223 if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
6224 && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
6225 {
6226 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
6227 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
6228 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
6229 sym.st_size = value;
6230 if (type_ptr == NULL
6231 || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0)
6232 sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value));
6233 else
6234 sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
6235 sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
6236 (abfd, syms[idx]->section);
6237 }
6238 else
6239 {
6240 asection *sec = syms[idx]->section;
6241 int shndx;
6242
6243 if (sec->output_section)
6244 {
6245 value += sec->output_offset;
6246 sec = sec->output_section;
6247 }
6248
6249 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
6250 if (! relocatable_p)
6251 value += sec->vma;
6252 sym.st_value = value;
6253 sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0;
6254
6255 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec)
6256 && type_ptr != NULL
6257 && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0)
6258 {
6259 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
6260 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
6261 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
6262 shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
6263 switch (shndx)
6264 {
6265 case MAP_ONESYMTAB:
6266 shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
6267 break;
6268 case MAP_DYNSYMTAB:
6269 shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd);
6270 break;
6271 case MAP_STRTAB:
6272 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_section;
6273 break;
6274 case MAP_SHSTRTAB:
6275 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_section;
6276 break;
6277 case MAP_SYM_SHNDX:
6278 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_section;
6279 break;
6280 default:
6281 break;
6282 }
6283 }
6284 else
6285 {
6286 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
6287
6288 if (shndx == -1)
6289 {
6290 asection *sec2;
6291
6292 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
6293 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
6294 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
6295 demand of applications. For example, it
6296 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
6297 section of a symbol to be a section that is
6298 actually in the output file. */
6299 sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name);
6300 if (sec2 == NULL)
6301 {
6302 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6303 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
6304 syms[idx]->name ? syms[idx]->name : "<Local sym>",
6305 sec->name);
6306 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6307 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6308 return FALSE;
6309 }
6310
6311 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2);
6312 BFD_ASSERT (shndx != -1);
6313 }
6314 }
6315
6316 sym.st_shndx = shndx;
6317 }
6318
6319 if ((flags & BSF_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
6320 type = STT_TLS;
6321 else if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0)
6322 type = STT_FUNC;
6323 else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0)
6324 type = STT_OBJECT;
6325 else
6326 type = STT_NOTYPE;
6327
6328 if (syms[idx]->section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
6329 type = STT_TLS;
6330
6331 /* Processor-specific types. */
6332 if (type_ptr != NULL
6333 && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
6334 type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
6335 (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type));
6336
6337 if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
6338 {
6339 if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
6340 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6341 else
6342 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION);
6343 }
6344 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
6345 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type);
6346 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section))
6347 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK)
6348 ? STB_WEAK
6349 : STB_GLOBAL),
6350 type);
6351 else if (flags & BSF_FILE)
6352 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE);
6353 else
6354 {
6355 int bind = STB_LOCAL;
6356
6357 if (flags & BSF_LOCAL)
6358 bind = STB_LOCAL;
6359 else if (flags & BSF_WEAK)
6360 bind = STB_WEAK;
6361 else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
6362 bind = STB_GLOBAL;
6363
6364 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type);
6365 }
6366
6367 if (type_ptr != NULL)
6368 sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
6369 else
6370 sym.st_other = 0;
6371
6372 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
6373 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6374 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
6375 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6376 }
6377
6378 *sttp = stt;
6379 symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (stt);
6380 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
6381
6382 symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
6383 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
6384 symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
6385 symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
6386 symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
6387 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
6388
6389 return TRUE;
6390 }
6391
6392 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
6393
6394 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
6395 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
6396 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
6397
6398 long
6399 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6400 {
6401 long symcount;
6402 long symtab_size;
6403 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
6404
6405 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
6406 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
6407 if (symcount > 0)
6408 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
6409
6410 return symtab_size;
6411 }
6412
6413 long
6414 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6415 {
6416 long symcount;
6417 long symtab_size;
6418 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
6419
6420 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6421 {
6422 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6423 return -1;
6424 }
6425
6426 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
6427 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
6428 if (symcount > 0)
6429 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
6430
6431 return symtab_size;
6432 }
6433
6434 long
6435 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6436 sec_ptr asect)
6437 {
6438 return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *);
6439 }
6440
6441 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
6442
6443 long
6444 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd *abfd,
6445 sec_ptr section,
6446 arelent **relptr,
6447 asymbol **symbols)
6448 {
6449 arelent *tblptr;
6450 unsigned int i;
6451 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6452
6453 if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, FALSE))
6454 return -1;
6455
6456 tblptr = section->relocation;
6457 for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++)
6458 *relptr++ = tblptr++;
6459
6460 *relptr = NULL;
6461
6462 return section->reloc_count;
6463 }
6464
6465 long
6466 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd *abfd, asymbol **allocation)
6467 {
6468 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6469 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, FALSE);
6470
6471 if (symcount >= 0)
6472 bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
6473 return symcount;
6474 }
6475
6476 long
6477 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
6478 asymbol **allocation)
6479 {
6480 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6481 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, TRUE);
6482
6483 if (symcount >= 0)
6484 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
6485 return symcount;
6486 }
6487
6488 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
6489 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
6490 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
6491 dynamic reloc section. */
6492
6493 long
6494 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6495 {
6496 long ret;
6497 asection *s;
6498
6499 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6500 {
6501 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6502 return -1;
6503 }
6504
6505 ret = sizeof (arelent *);
6506 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6507 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
6508 && elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
6509 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
6510 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
6511 ret += ((s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize)
6512 * sizeof (arelent *));
6513
6514 return ret;
6515 }
6516
6517 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
6518 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
6519 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
6520 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
6521 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
6522 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
6523 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
6524
6525 long
6526 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd *abfd,
6527 arelent **storage,
6528 asymbol **syms)
6529 {
6530 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
6531 asection *s;
6532 long ret;
6533
6534 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6535 {
6536 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6537 return -1;
6538 }
6539
6540 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
6541 ret = 0;
6542 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6543 {
6544 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
6545 && elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
6546 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
6547 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
6548 {
6549 arelent *p;
6550 long count, i;
6551
6552 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, TRUE))
6553 return -1;
6554 count = s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize;
6555 p = s->relocation;
6556 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
6557 *storage++ = p++;
6558 ret += count;
6559 }
6560 }
6561
6562 *storage = NULL;
6563
6564 return ret;
6565 }
6566 \f
6567 /* Read in the version information. */
6568
6569 bfd_boolean
6570 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver)
6571 {
6572 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
6573 unsigned int freeidx = 0;
6574
6575 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
6576 {
6577 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
6578 Elf_External_Verneed *everneed;
6579 Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed;
6580 unsigned int i;
6581 bfd_byte *contents_end;
6582
6583 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr;
6584
6585 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, hdr->sh_info,
6586 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed));
6587 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)
6588 goto error_return;
6589
6590 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = hdr->sh_info;
6591
6592 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
6593 if (contents == NULL)
6594 {
6595 error_return_verref:
6596 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = NULL;
6597 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = 0;
6598 goto error_return;
6599 }
6600 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
6601 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
6602 goto error_return_verref;
6603
6604 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed))
6605 goto error_return_verref;
6606
6607 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed)
6608 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux));
6609 contents_end = contents + hdr->sh_size - sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed);
6610 everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents;
6611 iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
6612 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++)
6613 {
6614 Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux;
6615 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux;
6616 unsigned int j;
6617
6618 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed);
6619
6620 iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd;
6621
6622 iverneed->vn_filename =
6623 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6624 iverneed->vn_file);
6625 if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL)
6626 goto error_return_verref;
6627
6628 if (iverneed->vn_cnt == 0)
6629 iverneed->vn_auxptr = NULL;
6630 else
6631 {
6632 iverneed->vn_auxptr = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverneed->vn_cnt,
6633 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux));
6634 if (iverneed->vn_auxptr == NULL)
6635 goto error_return_verref;
6636 }
6637
6638 if (iverneed->vn_aux
6639 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
6640 goto error_return_verref;
6641
6642 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
6643 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux));
6644 ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr;
6645 for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++)
6646 {
6647 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux);
6648
6649 ivernaux->vna_nodename =
6650 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6651 ivernaux->vna_name);
6652 if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL)
6653 goto error_return_verref;
6654
6655 if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt)
6656 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1;
6657 else
6658 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL;
6659
6660 if (ivernaux->vna_next
6661 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) evernaux))
6662 goto error_return_verref;
6663
6664 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
6665 ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next));
6666
6667 if (ivernaux->vna_other > freeidx)
6668 freeidx = ivernaux->vna_other;
6669 }
6670
6671 if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info)
6672 iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1;
6673 else
6674 iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL;
6675
6676 if (iverneed->vn_next
6677 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
6678 goto error_return_verref;
6679
6680 everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *)
6681 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next));
6682 }
6683
6684 free (contents);
6685 contents = NULL;
6686 }
6687
6688 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
6689 {
6690 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
6691 Elf_External_Verdef *everdef;
6692 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
6693 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr;
6694 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem;
6695 unsigned int i;
6696 unsigned int maxidx;
6697 bfd_byte *contents_end_def, *contents_end_aux;
6698
6699 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr;
6700
6701 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
6702 if (contents == NULL)
6703 goto error_return;
6704 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
6705 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
6706 goto error_return;
6707
6708 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef))
6709 goto error_return;
6710
6711 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef)
6712 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux));
6713 contents_end_def = contents + hdr->sh_size
6714 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef);
6715 contents_end_aux = contents + hdr->sh_size
6716 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux);
6717
6718 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
6719 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
6720 the maximum. */
6721 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
6722 maxidx = 0;
6723 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i)
6724 {
6725 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
6726
6727 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx)
6728 maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION);
6729
6730 if (iverdefmem.vd_next
6731 > (size_t) (contents_end_def - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
6732 goto error_return;
6733
6734 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
6735 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next));
6736 }
6737
6738 if (default_imported_symver)
6739 {
6740 if (freeidx > maxidx)
6741 maxidx = ++freeidx;
6742 else
6743 freeidx = ++maxidx;
6744 }
6745 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, maxidx,
6746 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6747 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
6748 goto error_return;
6749
6750 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx;
6751
6752 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
6753 iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef;
6754 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++)
6755 {
6756 Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux;
6757 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
6758 unsigned int j;
6759
6760 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
6761
6762 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) == 0)
6763 {
6764 error_return_verdef:
6765 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = NULL;
6766 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = 0;
6767 goto error_return;
6768 }
6769
6770 iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1];
6771 memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6772
6773 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
6774
6775 if (iverdef->vd_cnt == 0)
6776 iverdef->vd_auxptr = NULL;
6777 else
6778 {
6779 iverdef->vd_auxptr = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverdef->vd_cnt,
6780 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
6781 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
6782 goto error_return_verdef;
6783 }
6784
6785 if (iverdef->vd_aux
6786 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
6787 goto error_return_verdef;
6788
6789 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
6790 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux));
6791 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
6792 for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++)
6793 {
6794 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux);
6795
6796 iverdaux->vda_nodename =
6797 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6798 iverdaux->vda_name);
6799 if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL)
6800 goto error_return_verdef;
6801
6802 if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt)
6803 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1;
6804 else
6805 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
6806
6807 if (iverdaux->vda_next
6808 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdaux))
6809 goto error_return_verdef;
6810
6811 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
6812 ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next));
6813 }
6814
6815 if (iverdef->vd_cnt)
6816 iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename;
6817
6818 if ((size_t) (iverdef - iverdefarr) + 1 < maxidx)
6819 iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1;
6820 else
6821 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
6822
6823 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
6824 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next));
6825 }
6826
6827 free (contents);
6828 contents = NULL;
6829 }
6830 else if (default_imported_symver)
6831 {
6832 if (freeidx < 3)
6833 freeidx = 3;
6834 else
6835 freeidx++;
6836
6837 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, freeidx,
6838 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6839 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
6840 goto error_return;
6841
6842 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = freeidx;
6843 }
6844
6845 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
6846 if (default_imported_symver)
6847 {
6848 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
6849 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
6850
6851 iverdef = &elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[freeidx - 1];;
6852
6853 iverdef->vd_version = VER_DEF_CURRENT;
6854 iverdef->vd_flags = 0;
6855 iverdef->vd_ndx = freeidx;
6856 iverdef->vd_cnt = 1;
6857
6858 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
6859
6860 iverdef->vd_nodename = bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd);
6861 if (iverdef->vd_nodename == NULL)
6862 goto error_return_verdef;
6863 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
6864 iverdef->vd_auxptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
6865 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
6866 goto error_return_verdef;
6867
6868 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
6869 iverdaux->vda_nodename = iverdef->vd_nodename;
6870 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
6871 }
6872
6873 return TRUE;
6874
6875 error_return:
6876 if (contents != NULL)
6877 free (contents);
6878 return FALSE;
6879 }
6880 \f
6881 asymbol *
6882 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd *abfd)
6883 {
6884 elf_symbol_type *newsym;
6885 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (elf_symbol_type);
6886
6887 newsym = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
6888 if (!newsym)
6889 return NULL;
6890 else
6891 {
6892 newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
6893 return &newsym->symbol;
6894 }
6895 }
6896
6897 void
6898 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6899 asymbol *symbol,
6900 symbol_info *ret)
6901 {
6902 bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret);
6903 }
6904
6905 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
6906 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
6907 override it. */
6908
6909 bfd_boolean
6910 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6911 const char *name)
6912 {
6913 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
6914 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L')
6915 return TRUE;
6916
6917 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
6918 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
6919 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.')
6920 return TRUE;
6921
6922 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
6923 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
6924 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
6925 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
6926 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
6927 we treat such symbols as local. */
6928 if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_')
6929 return TRUE;
6930
6931 return FALSE;
6932 }
6933
6934 alent *
6935 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6936 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6937 {
6938 abort ();
6939 return NULL;
6940 }
6941
6942 bfd_boolean
6943 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd *abfd,
6944 enum bfd_architecture arch,
6945 unsigned long machine)
6946 {
6947 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
6948 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
6949 if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch
6950 && arch != bfd_arch_unknown
6951 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown)
6952 return FALSE;
6953
6954 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine);
6955 }
6956
6957 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
6958 for error reporting. */
6959
6960 static bfd_boolean
6961 elf_find_function (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6962 asection *section,
6963 asymbol **symbols,
6964 bfd_vma offset,
6965 const char **filename_ptr,
6966 const char **functionname_ptr)
6967 {
6968 const char *filename;
6969 asymbol *func, *file;
6970 bfd_vma low_func;
6971 asymbol **p;
6972 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
6973 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
6974 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
6975 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
6976 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
6977 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
6978 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
6979 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
6980 enum { nothing_seen, symbol_seen, file_after_symbol_seen } state;
6981
6982 filename = NULL;
6983 func = NULL;
6984 file = NULL;
6985 low_func = 0;
6986 state = nothing_seen;
6987
6988 for (p = symbols; *p != NULL; p++)
6989 {
6990 elf_symbol_type *q;
6991
6992 q = (elf_symbol_type *) *p;
6993
6994 switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info))
6995 {
6996 default:
6997 break;
6998 case STT_FILE:
6999 file = &q->symbol;
7000 if (state == symbol_seen)
7001 state = file_after_symbol_seen;
7002 continue;
7003 case STT_NOTYPE:
7004 case STT_FUNC:
7005 if (bfd_get_section (&q->symbol) == section
7006 && q->symbol.value >= low_func
7007 && q->symbol.value <= offset)
7008 {
7009 func = (asymbol *) q;
7010 low_func = q->symbol.value;
7011 filename = NULL;
7012 if (file != NULL
7013 && (ELF_ST_BIND (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STB_LOCAL
7014 || state != file_after_symbol_seen))
7015 filename = bfd_asymbol_name (file);
7016 }
7017 break;
7018 }
7019 if (state == nothing_seen)
7020 state = symbol_seen;
7021 }
7022
7023 if (func == NULL)
7024 return FALSE;
7025
7026 if (filename_ptr)
7027 *filename_ptr = filename;
7028 if (functionname_ptr)
7029 *functionname_ptr = bfd_asymbol_name (func);
7030
7031 return TRUE;
7032 }
7033
7034 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
7035 for error reporting. */
7036
7037 bfd_boolean
7038 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd,
7039 asection *section,
7040 asymbol **symbols,
7041 bfd_vma offset,
7042 const char **filename_ptr,
7043 const char **functionname_ptr,
7044 unsigned int *line_ptr)
7045 {
7046 bfd_boolean found;
7047
7048 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7049 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7050 line_ptr))
7051 {
7052 if (!*functionname_ptr)
7053 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7054 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
7055 functionname_ptr);
7056
7057 return TRUE;
7058 }
7059
7060 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7061 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7062 line_ptr, 0,
7063 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
7064 {
7065 if (!*functionname_ptr)
7066 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7067 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
7068 functionname_ptr);
7069
7070 return TRUE;
7071 }
7072
7073 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
7074 &found, filename_ptr,
7075 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
7076 &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info))
7077 return FALSE;
7078 if (found && (*functionname_ptr || *line_ptr))
7079 return TRUE;
7080
7081 if (symbols == NULL)
7082 return FALSE;
7083
7084 if (! elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7085 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr))
7086 return FALSE;
7087
7088 *line_ptr = 0;
7089 return TRUE;
7090 }
7091
7092 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
7093
7094 bfd_boolean
7095 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol,
7096 const char **filename_ptr, unsigned int *line_ptr)
7097 {
7098 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd, symbols, symbol,
7099 filename_ptr, line_ptr, 0,
7100 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
7101 }
7102
7103 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
7104 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
7105 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
7106 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
7107 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
7108
7109 bfd_boolean
7110 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
7111 const char **filename_ptr,
7112 const char **functionname_ptr,
7113 unsigned int *line_ptr)
7114 {
7115 bfd_boolean found;
7116 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
7117 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
7118 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
7119 return found;
7120 }
7121
7122 int
7123 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7124 {
7125 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7126 int ret = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
7127
7128 if (!info->relocatable)
7129 {
7130 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
7131
7132 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
7133 {
7134 struct elf_segment_map *m;
7135
7136 phdr_size = 0;
7137 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
7138 phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
7139
7140 if (phdr_size == 0)
7141 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
7142 }
7143
7144 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = phdr_size;
7145 ret += phdr_size;
7146 }
7147
7148 return ret;
7149 }
7150
7151 bfd_boolean
7152 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd,
7153 sec_ptr section,
7154 const void *location,
7155 file_ptr offset,
7156 bfd_size_type count)
7157 {
7158 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
7159 bfd_signed_vma pos;
7160
7161 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
7162 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
7163 return FALSE;
7164
7165 hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr;
7166 pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset;
7167 if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
7168 || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count)
7169 return FALSE;
7170
7171 return TRUE;
7172 }
7173
7174 void
7175 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7176 arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7177 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7178 {
7179 abort ();
7180 }
7181
7182 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
7183
7184 bfd_boolean
7185 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *areloc)
7186 {
7187 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
7188
7189 if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec)
7190 {
7191 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
7192 reloc_howto_type *howto;
7193
7194 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
7195 equivalent ELF reloc. */
7196
7197 if (areloc->howto->pc_relative)
7198 {
7199 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
7200 {
7201 case 8:
7202 code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL;
7203 break;
7204 case 12:
7205 code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL;
7206 break;
7207 case 16:
7208 code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
7209 break;
7210 case 24:
7211 code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL;
7212 break;
7213 case 32:
7214 code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
7215 break;
7216 case 64:
7217 code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
7218 break;
7219 default:
7220 goto fail;
7221 }
7222
7223 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
7224
7225 if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset)
7226 {
7227 if (howto->pcrel_offset)
7228 areloc->addend += areloc->address;
7229 else
7230 areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */
7231 }
7232 }
7233 else
7234 {
7235 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
7236 {
7237 case 8:
7238 code = BFD_RELOC_8;
7239 break;
7240 case 14:
7241 code = BFD_RELOC_14;
7242 break;
7243 case 16:
7244 code = BFD_RELOC_16;
7245 break;
7246 case 26:
7247 code = BFD_RELOC_26;
7248 break;
7249 case 32:
7250 code = BFD_RELOC_32;
7251 break;
7252 case 64:
7253 code = BFD_RELOC_64;
7254 break;
7255 default:
7256 goto fail;
7257 }
7258
7259 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
7260 }
7261
7262 if (howto)
7263 areloc->howto = howto;
7264 else
7265 goto fail;
7266 }
7267
7268 return TRUE;
7269
7270 fail:
7271 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7272 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
7273 abfd, areloc->howto->name);
7274 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7275 return FALSE;
7276 }
7277
7278 bfd_boolean
7279 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd *abfd)
7280 {
7281 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
7282 {
7283 if (elf_tdata (abfd) != NULL && elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL)
7284 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
7285 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd);
7286 }
7287
7288 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd);
7289 }
7290
7291 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
7292 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
7293 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
7294 this reloc. */
7295
7296 bfd_reloc_status_type
7297 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
7298 (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7299 struct bfd_symbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7300 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7301 bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7302 {
7303 return bfd_reloc_ok;
7304 }
7305 \f
7306 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
7307 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
7308 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
7309 out details about the corefile. */
7310
7311 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
7312 # include <sys/procfs.h>
7313 #endif
7314
7315 /* FIXME: this is kinda wrong, but it's what gdb wants. */
7316
7317 static int
7318 elfcore_make_pid (bfd *abfd)
7319 {
7320 return ((elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid << 16)
7321 + (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid));
7322 }
7323
7324 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
7325 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
7326 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
7327 overwrite it. */
7328
7329 static bfd_boolean
7330 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd *abfd, char *name, asection *sect)
7331 {
7332 asection *sect2;
7333
7334 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL)
7335 return TRUE;
7336
7337 sect2 = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, name, sect->flags);
7338 if (sect2 == NULL)
7339 return FALSE;
7340
7341 sect2->size = sect->size;
7342 sect2->filepos = sect->filepos;
7343 sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power;
7344 return TRUE;
7345 }
7346
7347 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
7348 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
7349 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
7350 such a section already exists.
7351 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
7352 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
7353 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
7354 bfd_boolean
7355 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
7356 char *name,
7357 size_t size,
7358 ufile_ptr filepos)
7359 {
7360 char buf[100];
7361 char *threaded_name;
7362 size_t len;
7363 asection *sect;
7364
7365 /* Build the section name. */
7366
7367 sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7368 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7369 threaded_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7370 if (threaded_name == NULL)
7371 return FALSE;
7372 memcpy (threaded_name, buf, len);
7373
7374 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, threaded_name,
7375 SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7376 if (sect == NULL)
7377 return FALSE;
7378 sect->size = size;
7379 sect->filepos = filepos;
7380 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7381
7382 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect);
7383 }
7384
7385 /* prstatus_t exists on:
7386 solaris 2.5+
7387 linux 2.[01] + glibc
7388 unixware 4.2
7389 */
7390
7391 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7392
7393 static bfd_boolean
7394 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7395 {
7396 size_t size;
7397 int offset;
7398
7399 if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t))
7400 {
7401 prstatus_t prstat;
7402
7403 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
7404 offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg);
7405 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
7406
7407 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7408 has already been set by another thread. */
7409 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
7410 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
7411 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
7412
7413 /* pr_who exists on:
7414 solaris 2.5+
7415 unixware 4.2
7416 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7417 linux 2.[01]
7418 */
7419 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
7420 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
7421 #endif
7422 }
7423 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
7424 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t))
7425 {
7426 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7427 prstatus32_t prstat;
7428
7429 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
7430 offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg);
7431 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
7432
7433 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7434 has already been set by another thread. */
7435 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
7436 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
7437 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
7438
7439 /* pr_who exists on:
7440 solaris 2.5+
7441 unixware 4.2
7442 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7443 linux 2.[01]
7444 */
7445 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
7446 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
7447 #endif
7448 }
7449 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
7450 else
7451 {
7452 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7453 note size (ie. data object type). */
7454 return TRUE;
7455 }
7456
7457 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
7458 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
7459 size, note->descpos + offset);
7460 }
7461 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
7462
7463 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
7464 static bfd_boolean
7465 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
7466 char *name,
7467 Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7468 {
7469 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name,
7470 note->descsz, note->descpos);
7471 }
7472
7473 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
7474 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
7475 data structure apart. */
7476
7477 static bfd_boolean
7478 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7479 {
7480 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
7481 }
7482
7483 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
7484 type of 5 (NT_PRXFPREG). Just include the whole note's contents
7485 literally. */
7486
7487 static bfd_boolean
7488 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7489 {
7490 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
7491 }
7492
7493 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
7494 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
7495 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7496 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
7497 #endif
7498 #endif
7499
7500 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7501 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
7502 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7503 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
7504 #endif
7505 #endif
7506
7507 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
7508 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
7509 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
7510
7511 char *
7512 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd *abfd, char *start, size_t max)
7513 {
7514 char *dups;
7515 char *end = memchr (start, '\0', max);
7516 size_t len;
7517
7518 if (end == NULL)
7519 len = max;
7520 else
7521 len = end - start;
7522
7523 dups = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1);
7524 if (dups == NULL)
7525 return NULL;
7526
7527 memcpy (dups, start, len);
7528 dups[len] = '\0';
7529
7530 return dups;
7531 }
7532
7533 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7534 static bfd_boolean
7535 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7536 {
7537 if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t))
7538 {
7539 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo;
7540
7541 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
7542
7543 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
7544 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
7545 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
7546
7547 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7548 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
7549 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
7550 }
7551 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
7552 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t))
7553 {
7554 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7555 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo;
7556
7557 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
7558
7559 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
7560 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
7561 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
7562
7563 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7564 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
7565 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
7566 }
7567 #endif
7568
7569 else
7570 {
7571 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7572 note size (ie. data object type). */
7573 return TRUE;
7574 }
7575
7576 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
7577 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
7578 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
7579
7580 {
7581 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command;
7582 int n = strlen (command);
7583
7584 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
7585 command[n - 1] = '\0';
7586 }
7587
7588 return TRUE;
7589 }
7590 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
7591
7592 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7593 static bfd_boolean
7594 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7595 {
7596 if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t)
7597 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
7598 || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t)
7599 #endif
7600 )
7601 {
7602 pstatus_t pstat;
7603
7604 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
7605
7606 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
7607 }
7608 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
7609 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t))
7610 {
7611 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7612 pstatus32_t pstat;
7613
7614 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
7615
7616 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
7617 }
7618 #endif
7619 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
7620 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
7621 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
7622
7623 return TRUE;
7624 }
7625 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
7626
7627 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7628 static bfd_boolean
7629 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7630 {
7631 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
7632 char buf[100];
7633 char *name;
7634 size_t len;
7635 asection *sect;
7636
7637 if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat)
7638 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
7639 && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t)
7640 #endif
7641 )
7642 return TRUE;
7643
7644 memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat));
7645
7646 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid;
7647 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig;
7648
7649 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7650
7651 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7652 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7653 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7654 if (name == NULL)
7655 return FALSE;
7656 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7657
7658 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7659 if (sect == NULL)
7660 return FALSE;
7661
7662 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7663 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
7664 sect->filepos = note->descpos
7665 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
7666 #endif
7667
7668 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
7669 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg);
7670 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg);
7671 #endif
7672
7673 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7674
7675 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
7676 return FALSE;
7677
7678 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
7679
7680 sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7681 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7682 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7683 if (name == NULL)
7684 return FALSE;
7685 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7686
7687 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7688 if (sect == NULL)
7689 return FALSE;
7690
7691 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7692 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
7693 sect->filepos = note->descpos
7694 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
7695 #endif
7696
7697 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
7698 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg);
7699 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg);
7700 #endif
7701
7702 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7703
7704 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect);
7705 }
7706 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
7707
7708 #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
7709 static bfd_boolean
7710 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7711 {
7712 char buf[30];
7713 char *name;
7714 size_t len;
7715 asection *sect;
7716 win32_pstatus_t pstatus;
7717
7718 if (note->descsz < sizeof (pstatus))
7719 return TRUE;
7720
7721 memcpy (&pstatus, note->descdata, sizeof (pstatus));
7722
7723 switch (pstatus.data_type)
7724 {
7725 case NOTE_INFO_PROCESS:
7726 /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */
7727 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = pstatus.data.process_info.signal;
7728 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstatus.data.process_info.pid;
7729 break;
7730
7731 case NOTE_INFO_THREAD:
7732 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7733 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%ld", (long) pstatus.data.thread_info.tid);
7734
7735 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7736 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7737 if (name == NULL)
7738 return FALSE;
7739
7740 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7741
7742 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7743 if (sect == NULL)
7744 return FALSE;
7745
7746 sect->size = sizeof (pstatus.data.thread_info.thread_context);
7747 sect->filepos = (note->descpos
7748 + offsetof (struct win32_pstatus,
7749 data.thread_info.thread_context));
7750 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7751
7752 if (pstatus.data.thread_info.is_active_thread)
7753 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
7754 return FALSE;
7755 break;
7756
7757 case NOTE_INFO_MODULE:
7758 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
7759 sprintf (buf, ".module/%08lx",
7760 (long) pstatus.data.module_info.base_address);
7761
7762 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7763 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7764 if (name == NULL)
7765 return FALSE;
7766
7767 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7768
7769 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7770
7771 if (sect == NULL)
7772 return FALSE;
7773
7774 sect->size = note->descsz;
7775 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7776 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7777 break;
7778
7779 default:
7780 return TRUE;
7781 }
7782
7783 return TRUE;
7784 }
7785 #endif /* HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T */
7786
7787 static bfd_boolean
7788 elfcore_grok_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7789 {
7790 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7791
7792 switch (note->type)
7793 {
7794 default:
7795 return TRUE;
7796
7797 case NT_PRSTATUS:
7798 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus)
7799 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note))
7800 return TRUE;
7801 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7802 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note);
7803 #else
7804 return TRUE;
7805 #endif
7806
7807 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7808 case NT_PSTATUS:
7809 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note);
7810 #endif
7811
7812 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7813 case NT_LWPSTATUS:
7814 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note);
7815 #endif
7816
7817 case NT_FPREGSET: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
7818 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note);
7819
7820 #if defined (HAVE_WIN32_PSTATUS_T)
7821 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS:
7822 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note);
7823 #endif
7824
7825 case NT_PRXFPREG: /* Linux SSE extension */
7826 if (note->namesz == 6
7827 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
7828 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note);
7829 else
7830 return TRUE;
7831
7832 case NT_PRPSINFO:
7833 case NT_PSINFO:
7834 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo)
7835 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note))
7836 return TRUE;
7837 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7838 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note);
7839 #else
7840 return TRUE;
7841 #endif
7842
7843 case NT_AUXV:
7844 {
7845 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv",
7846 SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7847
7848 if (sect == NULL)
7849 return FALSE;
7850 sect->size = note->descsz;
7851 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7852 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
7853
7854 return TRUE;
7855 }
7856 }
7857 }
7858
7859 static bfd_boolean
7860 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note *note, int *lwpidp)
7861 {
7862 char *cp;
7863
7864 cp = strchr (note->namedata, '@');
7865 if (cp != NULL)
7866 {
7867 *lwpidp = atoi(cp + 1);
7868 return TRUE;
7869 }
7870 return FALSE;
7871 }
7872
7873 static bfd_boolean
7874 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7875 {
7876
7877 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
7878 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal
7879 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
7880
7881 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
7882 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid
7883 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x50);
7884
7885 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
7886 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7887 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x7c, 31);
7888
7889 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
7890 note);
7891 }
7892
7893 static bfd_boolean
7894 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7895 {
7896 int lwp;
7897
7898 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp))
7899 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwp;
7900
7901 if (note->type == NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO)
7902 {
7903 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
7904 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
7905 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
7906 creates a core file. */
7907
7908 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
7909 }
7910
7911 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
7912 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
7913 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
7914 understand it. */
7915
7916 if (note->type < NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH)
7917 return TRUE;
7918
7919
7920 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
7921 {
7922 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
7923 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
7924
7925 case bfd_arch_alpha:
7926 case bfd_arch_sparc:
7927 switch (note->type)
7928 {
7929 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+0:
7930 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
7931
7932 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+2:
7933 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
7934
7935 default:
7936 return TRUE;
7937 }
7938
7939 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
7940 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
7941
7942 default:
7943 switch (note->type)
7944 {
7945 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+1:
7946 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
7947
7948 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+3:
7949 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
7950
7951 default:
7952 return TRUE;
7953 }
7954 }
7955 /* NOTREACHED */
7956 }
7957
7958 static bfd_boolean
7959 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, long *tid)
7960 {
7961 void *ddata = note->descdata;
7962 char buf[100];
7963 char *name;
7964 asection *sect;
7965 short sig;
7966 unsigned flags;
7967
7968 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
7969 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata);
7970
7971 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
7972 *tid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 4);
7973
7974 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
7975 flags = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 8);
7976
7977 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
7978 if ((sig = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 14)) > 0)
7979 {
7980 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = sig;
7981 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid;
7982 }
7983
7984 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
7985 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
7986 thread just in case. */
7987 if (flags & 0x00000080)
7988 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid;
7989
7990 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
7991 sprintf (buf, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid);
7992
7993 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
7994 if (name == NULL)
7995 return FALSE;
7996 strcpy (name, buf);
7997
7998 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7999 if (sect == NULL)
8000 return FALSE;
8001
8002 sect->size = note->descsz;
8003 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8004 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8005
8006 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".qnx_core_status", sect));
8007 }
8008
8009 static bfd_boolean
8010 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd *abfd,
8011 Elf_Internal_Note *note,
8012 long tid,
8013 char *base)
8014 {
8015 char buf[100];
8016 char *name;
8017 asection *sect;
8018
8019 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
8020 sprintf (buf, "%s/%ld", base, tid);
8021
8022 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
8023 if (name == NULL)
8024 return FALSE;
8025 strcpy (name, buf);
8026
8027 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8028 if (sect == NULL)
8029 return FALSE;
8030
8031 sect->size = note->descsz;
8032 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8033 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8034
8035 /* This is the current thread. */
8036 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid == tid)
8037 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, base, sect);
8038
8039 return TRUE;
8040 }
8041
8042 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
8043 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
8044 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
8045 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
8046
8047 static bfd_boolean
8048 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8049 {
8050 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
8051 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
8052 function. */
8053 static long tid = 1;
8054
8055 switch (note->type)
8056 {
8057 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO:
8058 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".qnx_core_info", note);
8059 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS:
8060 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, &tid);
8061 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG:
8062 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg");
8063 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG:
8064 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg2");
8065 default:
8066 return TRUE;
8067 }
8068 }
8069
8070 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
8071
8072 Inputs:
8073 buffer to hold note
8074 name of note
8075 type of note
8076 data for note
8077 size of data for note
8078
8079 Return:
8080 End of buffer containing note. */
8081
8082 char *
8083 elfcore_write_note (bfd *abfd,
8084 char *buf,
8085 int *bufsiz,
8086 const char *name,
8087 int type,
8088 const void *input,
8089 int size)
8090 {
8091 Elf_External_Note *xnp;
8092 size_t namesz;
8093 size_t pad;
8094 size_t newspace;
8095 char *p, *dest;
8096
8097 namesz = 0;
8098 pad = 0;
8099 if (name != NULL)
8100 {
8101 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
8102
8103 namesz = strlen (name) + 1;
8104 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8105 pad = -namesz & ((1 << bed->s->log_file_align) - 1);
8106 }
8107
8108 newspace = 12 + namesz + pad + size;
8109
8110 p = realloc (buf, *bufsiz + newspace);
8111 dest = p + *bufsiz;
8112 *bufsiz += newspace;
8113 xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) dest;
8114 H_PUT_32 (abfd, namesz, xnp->namesz);
8115 H_PUT_32 (abfd, size, xnp->descsz);
8116 H_PUT_32 (abfd, type, xnp->type);
8117 dest = xnp->name;
8118 if (name != NULL)
8119 {
8120 memcpy (dest, name, namesz);
8121 dest += namesz;
8122 while (pad != 0)
8123 {
8124 *dest++ = '\0';
8125 --pad;
8126 }
8127 }
8128 memcpy (dest, input, size);
8129 return p;
8130 }
8131
8132 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8133 char *
8134 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd *abfd,
8135 char *buf,
8136 int *bufsiz,
8137 const char *fname,
8138 const char *psargs)
8139 {
8140 int note_type;
8141 char *note_name = "CORE";
8142
8143 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8144 psinfo_t data;
8145 note_type = NT_PSINFO;
8146 #else
8147 prpsinfo_t data;
8148 note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
8149 #endif
8150
8151 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
8152 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
8153 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
8154 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8155 note_name, note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
8156 }
8157 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
8158
8159 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8160 char *
8161 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd *abfd,
8162 char *buf,
8163 int *bufsiz,
8164 long pid,
8165 int cursig,
8166 const void *gregs)
8167 {
8168 prstatus_t prstat;
8169 char *note_name = "CORE";
8170
8171 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
8172 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
8173 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
8174 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
8175 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8176 note_name, NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
8177 }
8178 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
8179
8180 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8181 char *
8182 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd,
8183 char *buf,
8184 int *bufsiz,
8185 long pid,
8186 int cursig,
8187 const void *gregs)
8188 {
8189 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
8190 char *note_name = "CORE";
8191
8192 memset (&lwpstat, 0, sizeof (lwpstat));
8193 lwpstat.pr_lwpid = pid >> 16;
8194 lwpstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
8195 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
8196 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg));
8197 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8198 #if !defined(gregs)
8199 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs,
8200 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs));
8201 #else
8202 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs,
8203 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs));
8204 #endif
8205 #endif
8206 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8207 NT_LWPSTATUS, &lwpstat, sizeof (lwpstat));
8208 }
8209 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
8210
8211 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8212 char *
8213 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd *abfd,
8214 char *buf,
8215 int *bufsiz,
8216 long pid,
8217 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8218 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8219 {
8220 pstatus_t pstat;
8221 char *note_name = "CORE";
8222
8223 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
8224 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
8225 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8226 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
8227 return buf;
8228 }
8229 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
8230
8231 char *
8232 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd *abfd,
8233 char *buf,
8234 int *bufsiz,
8235 const void *fpregs,
8236 int size)
8237 {
8238 char *note_name = "CORE";
8239 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8240 note_name, NT_FPREGSET, fpregs, size);
8241 }
8242
8243 char *
8244 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd,
8245 char *buf,
8246 int *bufsiz,
8247 const void *xfpregs,
8248 int size)
8249 {
8250 char *note_name = "LINUX";
8251 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8252 note_name, NT_PRXFPREG, xfpregs, size);
8253 }
8254
8255 static bfd_boolean
8256 elfcore_read_notes (bfd *abfd, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type size)
8257 {
8258 char *buf;
8259 char *p;
8260
8261 if (size <= 0)
8262 return TRUE;
8263
8264 if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
8265 return FALSE;
8266
8267 buf = bfd_malloc (size);
8268 if (buf == NULL)
8269 return FALSE;
8270
8271 if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size)
8272 {
8273 error:
8274 free (buf);
8275 return FALSE;
8276 }
8277
8278 p = buf;
8279 while (p < buf + size)
8280 {
8281 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
8282 Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p;
8283 Elf_Internal_Note in;
8284
8285 in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type);
8286
8287 in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz);
8288 in.namedata = xnp->name;
8289
8290 in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz);
8291 in.descdata = in.namedata + BFD_ALIGN (in.namesz, 4);
8292 in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf);
8293
8294 if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "NetBSD-CORE"))
8295 {
8296 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd, &in))
8297 goto error;
8298 }
8299 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "QNX"))
8300 {
8301 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd, &in))
8302 goto error;
8303 }
8304 else
8305 {
8306 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd, &in))
8307 goto error;
8308 }
8309
8310 p = in.descdata + BFD_ALIGN (in.descsz, 4);
8311 }
8312
8313 free (buf);
8314 return TRUE;
8315 }
8316 \f
8317 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
8318
8319 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
8320 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
8321 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8322
8323 long
8324 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
8325 {
8326 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
8327 {
8328 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
8329 return -1;
8330 }
8331
8332 return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr);
8333 }
8334
8335 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
8336 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
8337 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
8338 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
8339
8340 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
8341 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8342
8343 int
8344 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd *abfd, void *phdrs)
8345 {
8346 int num_phdrs;
8347
8348 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
8349 {
8350 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
8351 return -1;
8352 }
8353
8354 num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
8355 memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr,
8356 num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
8357
8358 return num_phdrs;
8359 }
8360
8361 void
8362 _bfd_elf_sprintf_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char *buf, bfd_vma value)
8363 {
8364 #ifdef BFD64
8365 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
8366
8367 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
8368 if (i_ehdrp == NULL)
8369 sprintf_vma (buf, value);
8370 else
8371 {
8372 if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
8373 {
8374 #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
8375 sprintf (buf, "%016lx", value);
8376 #else
8377 sprintf (buf, "%08lx%08lx", _bfd_int64_high (value),
8378 _bfd_int64_low (value));
8379 #endif
8380 }
8381 else
8382 sprintf (buf, "%08lx", (unsigned long) (value & 0xffffffff));
8383 }
8384 #else
8385 sprintf_vma (buf, value);
8386 #endif
8387 }
8388
8389 void
8390 _bfd_elf_fprintf_vma (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, void *stream, bfd_vma value)
8391 {
8392 #ifdef BFD64
8393 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
8394
8395 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
8396 if (i_ehdrp == NULL)
8397 fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream, value);
8398 else
8399 {
8400 if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
8401 {
8402 #if BFD_HOST_64BIT_LONG
8403 fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%016lx", value);
8404 #else
8405 fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%08lx%08lx",
8406 _bfd_int64_high (value), _bfd_int64_low (value));
8407 #endif
8408 }
8409 else
8410 fprintf ((FILE *) stream, "%08lx",
8411 (unsigned long) (value & 0xffffffff));
8412 }
8413 #else
8414 fprintf_vma ((FILE *) stream, value);
8415 #endif
8416 }
8417
8418 enum elf_reloc_type_class
8419 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8420 {
8421 return reloc_class_normal;
8422 }
8423
8424 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
8425 relocation against a local symbol. */
8426
8427 bfd_vma
8428 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
8429 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
8430 asection **psec,
8431 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
8432 {
8433 asection *sec = *psec;
8434 bfd_vma relocation;
8435
8436 relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
8437 + sec->output_offset
8438 + sym->st_value);
8439 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
8440 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
8441 && sec->sec_info_type == ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
8442 {
8443 rel->r_addend =
8444 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
8445 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8446 sym->st_value + rel->r_addend);
8447 if (sec != *psec)
8448 {
8449 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
8450 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
8451 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
8452 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
8453 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
8454 if ((sec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
8455 sec->kept_section = *psec;
8456 sec = *psec;
8457 }
8458 rel->r_addend -= relocation;
8459 rel->r_addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
8460 }
8461 return relocation;
8462 }
8463
8464 bfd_vma
8465 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
8466 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
8467 asection **psec,
8468 bfd_vma addend)
8469 {
8470 asection *sec = *psec;
8471
8472 if (sec->sec_info_type != ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
8473 return sym->st_value + addend;
8474
8475 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
8476 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8477 sym->st_value + addend);
8478 }
8479
8480 bfd_vma
8481 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd *abfd,
8482 struct bfd_link_info *info,
8483 asection *sec,
8484 bfd_vma offset)
8485 {
8486 switch (sec->sec_info_type)
8487 {
8488 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS:
8489 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec, elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8490 offset);
8491 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME:
8492 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd, info, sec, offset);
8493 default:
8494 return offset;
8495 }
8496 }
8497 \f
8498 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
8499 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
8500 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
8501 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
8502 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
8503 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
8504
8505 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
8506 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
8507 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
8508 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
8509 the remote memory. */
8510
8511 bfd *
8512 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
8513 (bfd *templ,
8514 bfd_vma ehdr_vma,
8515 bfd_vma *loadbasep,
8516 int (*target_read_memory) (bfd_vma, bfd_byte *, int))
8517 {
8518 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory)
8519 (templ, ehdr_vma, loadbasep, target_read_memory);
8520 }
8521 \f
8522 long
8523 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
8524 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8525 asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8526 long dynsymcount,
8527 asymbol **dynsyms,
8528 asymbol **ret)
8529 {
8530 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8531 asection *relplt;
8532 asymbol *s;
8533 const char *relplt_name;
8534 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
8535 arelent *p;
8536 long count, i, n;
8537 size_t size;
8538 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
8539 char *names;
8540 asection *plt;
8541
8542 *ret = NULL;
8543
8544 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
8545 return 0;
8546
8547 if (dynsymcount <= 0)
8548 return 0;
8549
8550 if (!bed->plt_sym_val)
8551 return 0;
8552
8553 relplt_name = bed->relplt_name;
8554 if (relplt_name == NULL)
8555 relplt_name = bed->default_use_rela_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
8556 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, relplt_name);
8557 if (relplt == NULL)
8558 return 0;
8559
8560 hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr;
8561 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
8562 || (hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL && hdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA))
8563 return 0;
8564
8565 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
8566 if (plt == NULL)
8567 return 0;
8568
8569 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
8570 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE))
8571 return -1;
8572
8573 count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize;
8574 size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
8575 p = relplt->relocation;
8576 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, s++, p++)
8577 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
8578
8579 s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size);
8580 if (s == NULL)
8581 return -1;
8582
8583 names = (char *) (s + count);
8584 p = relplt->relocation;
8585 n = 0;
8586 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, s++, p++)
8587 {
8588 size_t len;
8589 bfd_vma addr;
8590
8591 addr = bed->plt_sym_val (i, plt, p);
8592 if (addr == (bfd_vma) -1)
8593 continue;
8594
8595 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
8596 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
8597 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
8598 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
8599 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
8600 s->section = plt;
8601 s->value = addr - plt->vma;
8602 s->name = names;
8603 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
8604 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
8605 names += len;
8606 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
8607 names += sizeof ("@plt");
8608 ++n;
8609 }
8610
8611 return n;
8612 }
8613
8614 /* Sort symbol by binding and section. We want to put definitions
8615 sorted by section at the beginning. */
8616
8617 static int
8618 elf_sort_elf_symbol (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
8619 {
8620 const Elf_Internal_Sym *s1;
8621 const Elf_Internal_Sym *s2;
8622 int shndx;
8623
8624 /* Make sure that undefined symbols are at the end. */
8625 s1 = (const Elf_Internal_Sym *) arg1;
8626 if (s1->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
8627 return 1;
8628 s2 = (const Elf_Internal_Sym *) arg2;
8629 if (s2->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
8630 return -1;
8631
8632 /* Sorted by section index. */
8633 shndx = s1->st_shndx - s2->st_shndx;
8634 if (shndx != 0)
8635 return shndx;
8636
8637 /* Sorted by binding. */
8638 return ELF_ST_BIND (s1->st_info) - ELF_ST_BIND (s2->st_info);
8639 }
8640
8641 struct elf_symbol
8642 {
8643 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
8644 const char *name;
8645 };
8646
8647 static int
8648 elf_sym_name_compare (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
8649 {
8650 const struct elf_symbol *s1 = (const struct elf_symbol *) arg1;
8651 const struct elf_symbol *s2 = (const struct elf_symbol *) arg2;
8652 return strcmp (s1->name, s2->name);
8653 }
8654
8655 /* Check if 2 sections define the same set of local and global
8656 symbols. */
8657
8658 bfd_boolean
8659 bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (asection *sec1, asection *sec2)
8660 {
8661 bfd *bfd1, *bfd2;
8662 const struct elf_backend_data *bed1, *bed2;
8663 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr1, *hdr2;
8664 bfd_size_type symcount1, symcount2;
8665 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf1, *isymbuf2;
8666 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymstart1 = NULL, *isymstart2 = NULL, *isym;
8667 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
8668 struct elf_symbol *symp, *symtable1 = NULL, *symtable2 = NULL;
8669 bfd_size_type count1, count2, i;
8670 int shndx1, shndx2;
8671 bfd_boolean result;
8672
8673 bfd1 = sec1->owner;
8674 bfd2 = sec2->owner;
8675
8676 /* If both are .gnu.linkonce sections, they have to have the same
8677 section name. */
8678 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec1->name, ".gnu.linkonce")
8679 && CONST_STRNEQ (sec2->name, ".gnu.linkonce"))
8680 return strcmp (sec1->name + sizeof ".gnu.linkonce",
8681 sec2->name + sizeof ".gnu.linkonce") == 0;
8682
8683 /* Both sections have to be in ELF. */
8684 if (bfd_get_flavour (bfd1) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8685 || bfd_get_flavour (bfd2) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
8686 return FALSE;
8687
8688 if (elf_section_type (sec1) != elf_section_type (sec2))
8689 return FALSE;
8690
8691 if ((elf_section_flags (sec1) & SHF_GROUP) != 0
8692 && (elf_section_flags (sec2) & SHF_GROUP) != 0)
8693 {
8694 /* If both are members of section groups, they have to have the
8695 same group name. */
8696 if (strcmp (elf_group_name (sec1), elf_group_name (sec2)) != 0)
8697 return FALSE;
8698 }
8699
8700 shndx1 = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd1, sec1);
8701 shndx2 = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd2, sec2);
8702 if (shndx1 == -1 || shndx2 == -1)
8703 return FALSE;
8704
8705 bed1 = get_elf_backend_data (bfd1);
8706 bed2 = get_elf_backend_data (bfd2);
8707 hdr1 = &elf_tdata (bfd1)->symtab_hdr;
8708 symcount1 = hdr1->sh_size / bed1->s->sizeof_sym;
8709 hdr2 = &elf_tdata (bfd2)->symtab_hdr;
8710 symcount2 = hdr2->sh_size / bed2->s->sizeof_sym;
8711
8712 if (symcount1 == 0 || symcount2 == 0)
8713 return FALSE;
8714
8715 isymbuf1 = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd1, hdr1, symcount1, 0,
8716 NULL, NULL, NULL);
8717 isymbuf2 = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd2, hdr2, symcount2, 0,
8718 NULL, NULL, NULL);
8719
8720 result = FALSE;
8721 if (isymbuf1 == NULL || isymbuf2 == NULL)
8722 goto done;
8723
8724 /* Sort symbols by binding and section. Global definitions are at
8725 the beginning. */
8726 qsort (isymbuf1, symcount1, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym),
8727 elf_sort_elf_symbol);
8728 qsort (isymbuf2, symcount2, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym),
8729 elf_sort_elf_symbol);
8730
8731 /* Count definitions in the section. */
8732 count1 = 0;
8733 for (isym = isymbuf1, isymend = isym + symcount1;
8734 isym < isymend; isym++)
8735 {
8736 if (isym->st_shndx == (unsigned int) shndx1)
8737 {
8738 if (count1 == 0)
8739 isymstart1 = isym;
8740 count1++;
8741 }
8742
8743 if (count1 && isym->st_shndx != (unsigned int) shndx1)
8744 break;
8745 }
8746
8747 count2 = 0;
8748 for (isym = isymbuf2, isymend = isym + symcount2;
8749 isym < isymend; isym++)
8750 {
8751 if (isym->st_shndx == (unsigned int) shndx2)
8752 {
8753 if (count2 == 0)
8754 isymstart2 = isym;
8755 count2++;
8756 }
8757
8758 if (count2 && isym->st_shndx != (unsigned int) shndx2)
8759 break;
8760 }
8761
8762 if (count1 == 0 || count2 == 0 || count1 != count2)
8763 goto done;
8764
8765 symtable1 = bfd_malloc (count1 * sizeof (struct elf_symbol));
8766 symtable2 = bfd_malloc (count1 * sizeof (struct elf_symbol));
8767
8768 if (symtable1 == NULL || symtable2 == NULL)
8769 goto done;
8770
8771 symp = symtable1;
8772 for (isym = isymstart1, isymend = isym + count1;
8773 isym < isymend; isym++)
8774 {
8775 symp->sym = isym;
8776 symp->name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1,
8777 hdr1->sh_link,
8778 isym->st_name);
8779 symp++;
8780 }
8781
8782 symp = symtable2;
8783 for (isym = isymstart2, isymend = isym + count1;
8784 isym < isymend; isym++)
8785 {
8786 symp->sym = isym;
8787 symp->name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2,
8788 hdr2->sh_link,
8789 isym->st_name);
8790 symp++;
8791 }
8792
8793 /* Sort symbol by name. */
8794 qsort (symtable1, count1, sizeof (struct elf_symbol),
8795 elf_sym_name_compare);
8796 qsort (symtable2, count1, sizeof (struct elf_symbol),
8797 elf_sym_name_compare);
8798
8799 for (i = 0; i < count1; i++)
8800 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
8801 if (symtable1 [i].sym->st_info != symtable2 [i].sym->st_info
8802 || symtable1 [i].sym->st_other != symtable2 [i].sym->st_other
8803 || strcmp (symtable1 [i].name, symtable2 [i].name) != 0)
8804 goto done;
8805
8806 result = TRUE;
8807
8808 done:
8809 if (symtable1)
8810 free (symtable1);
8811 if (symtable2)
8812 free (symtable2);
8813 if (isymbuf1)
8814 free (isymbuf1);
8815 if (isymbuf2)
8816 free (isymbuf2);
8817
8818 return result;
8819 }
8820
8821 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
8822 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
8823 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section,
8824 SEC_IS_COMMON, NULL, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
8825
8826 /* Return TRUE if 2 section types are compatible. */
8827
8828 bfd_boolean
8829 _bfd_elf_match_sections_by_type (bfd *abfd, const asection *asec,
8830 bfd *bbfd, const asection *bsec)
8831 {
8832 if (asec == NULL
8833 || bsec == NULL
8834 || abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8835 || bbfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
8836 return TRUE;
8837
8838 return elf_section_type (asec) == elf_section_type (bsec);
8839 }
This page took 0.339321 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.